academic office/classroom building #2 construction h17 ...20. ieee project 802.3an-2006, 10gbase-t...

171
Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 1 SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PURPOSE A. Division 27 Specifications are established to define the standards, criteria, and assumptions to be used to bid, plan, furnish, install, test, and document information transport pathways and systems for the Coastal Carolina Univ. (CCU) Academic Building. These Specifications shall form the basis for implementation of the design, installation, inspection, and close-out process. B. Division 27 is based on NFPA 70 (NEC), National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers IEEE, ANSI/TIA/EIA Telecommunication Standards, and BICSI methodologies. The requirements within those documents are not superseded herein unless specifically stated. As required, NEC and NESC code requirements cannot be superseded by this document at any time. ANSI/TIA/EIA standards and BICSI methodologies may be superseded, as specified, or may be made stricter by this document. The absence of a specific reference to an element of these codes, standards, and methodologies does not relieve all parties of compliance with them. C. Within this document use of the word “shall” marks mandatory requirements. Use of the word “may” or “should” suggests optional elements. All conflicts within this document shall be resolved by Coastal Carolina Univ. in consultation with the CCU Information Technology Services (ITS) Department prior to application of the specification by a Contractor. D. CCU ITS must approve any deviation from the specifications and guidelines in this document. All communications, correspondence, and approvals must come be conveyed through the official project contacts of record such as the Architect and Construction Manager. E. Unauthorized deviations from these Specifications may result in re-design, reconstruction, or re- installation of physical communications elements at the contractor’s expense. Contractors shall obtain formal written approval prior to bidding and prior to installation in order to deviate from these Specifications or from ANSI/TIA/EIA standards and BICSI methodologies. Contractors shall not deviate from NEC and NESC requirements. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section B. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications C. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications D. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications E. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

Upload: others

Post on 16-Mar-2020

4 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 1

SECTION 270000 - COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 PURPOSE

A. Division 27 Specifications are established to define the standards, criteria, and assumptions to be used to bid, plan, furnish, install, test, and document information transport pathways and systems for the Coastal Carolina Univ. (CCU) Academic Building. These Specifications shall form the basis for implementation of the design, installation, inspection, and close-out process.

B. Division 27 is based on NFPA 70 (NEC), National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers IEEE, ANSI/TIA/EIA Telecommunication Standards, and BICSI methodologies. The requirements within those documents are not superseded herein unless specifically stated. As required, NEC and NESC code requirements cannot be superseded by this document at any time. ANSI/TIA/EIA standards and BICSI methodologies may be superseded, as specified, or may be made stricter by this document. The absence of a specific reference to an element of these codes, standards, and methodologies does not relieve all parties of compliance with them.

C. Within this document use of the word “shall” marks mandatory requirements. Use of the word “may” or “should” suggests optional elements. All conflicts within this document shall be resolved by Coastal Carolina Univ. in consultation with the CCU Information Technology Services (ITS) Department prior to application of the specification by a Contractor.

D. CCU ITS must approve any deviation from the specifications and guidelines in this document. All communications, correspondence, and approvals must come be conveyed through the official project contacts of record such as the Architect and Construction Manager.

E. Unauthorized deviations from these Specifications may result in re-design, reconstruction, or re-installation of physical communications elements at the contractor’s expense. Contractors shall obtain formal written approval prior to bidding and prior to installation in order to deviate from these Specifications or from ANSI/TIA/EIA standards and BICSI methodologies. Contractors shall not deviate from NEC and NESC requirements.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

C. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

D. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

E. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

Page 2: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 2

F. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

G. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

H. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Division 27 Specifications address information transport pathways, systems, spaces, media, grounding, identification, testing, and documentation requirements in support of multiple information transport infrastructures.

B. Specific responsibilities of Division 27 include, but are not limited to: 1. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions at the site and be responsible for their accuracy. 2. Identification of the intrabuilding pathways, cabling, and space requirements necessary to house the

data/voice/video cabling systems and associated electronic information transport equipment. Pathways and spaces shall be designed and installed to support the known systems and cabling requirements, as well as best effort provisions for those that may be required in the future.

3. Selection and sizing of backbone cabling media, installation, termination, testing, labeling, and documentation methods.

Page 3: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 3

4. Selection of horizontal distribution cabling media, work area requirements, and telecommunications outlet configurations, installation, termination, testing, labeling, and documentation methods.

5. Selection of accessory items such as patch cables and custom cables. 6. Additions to, and connection of, the communications grounding backbone furnished and installed

by Division 26. 7. Definition and establishment of administration and labeling schemes, conforming to Owner’s

requirements. 8. Securing all necessary permits and licenses, payment of all fees, and provision of all construction

work notifications. 9. Compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. 10. Mandatory Project Manager attendance at a weekly project status meeting, with the General

Contractor or Construction Manager

C. It is the intent of the Project Drawings and Specifications to provide complete and workable Division 27 communication systems, ready for use by the Owner. Any item, not specifically shown in the Project Drawings or called for in the project Specifications but normally required for a fully functional system, is to be considered a part of this contract.

1.4 CODES & STANDARDS

A. All work shall be in compliance with the following codes and agencies. Nothing contained within these Specifications shall be misconstrued to permit work not in conformance with the most stringent of applicable codes and standards. It is assumed that bidders have access to, and specific knowledge of, the listed reference materials in order to ensure conformity with them. 1. National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4. Federal, State, and Local Codes. 5. National Electronic Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) 6. Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE) 7. American National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunication

Industries Association (ANSI/EIA/TIA) 8. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) 9. Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

B. All new materials, equipment, and installation practices shall meet or exceed the requirements of the following standards, unless specifically instructed otherwise by the Technology Consultant. 1. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) Telecommunications Distribution

Methods Manual (TDMM) 12th, or most recent, edition. 2. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) Information Transport Systems

Installation Manual (ITSIMM) 4th, or most recent, edition. 3. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) Outside Plant Design Reference Manual

(OSPDRM) 4th, or most recent, edition. 4. ANSI/NECA/BICSI 607-2011 Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning

and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings. 5. ANSI/NECA/BICSI-568-2006 Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications

Cabling

Page 4: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 4

6. ANSI/TIA-568-C.1, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard 2009, or most recent edition

7. ANSI/TIA-568-C.2, Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standard 2009, or most recent edition

8. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard 2009, or most recent edition 9. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-B, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and

Spaces 10. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A, Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications

Infrastructure 11. ANSI J-STD-607-A, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for

Telecommunications 12. ANSI/NECA/BICSI-568-2006 Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications

Cabling 13. ANSI/TIA/EIA-758-A, Customer Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure

Standard 14. TIA TSB-162, Telecommunications Cabling Guidelines for Wireless Access Points 15. NFPA 70-2005 National Electrical Code (NEC), or most current edition

a. With special emphasis on Articles 770 and 800 16. IEEE C2-2002 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), or most current edition 17. IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book) 18. IEEE Project 802.3af, Remote Powering via MDI/RJ-45 19. IEEE Project 802.3af-2005/Corr1-2006, Isolation Requirements 20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface

Potentials of a Ground System 22. UL 1459 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Safety – Telephone Equipment 23. UL 1863 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Safety – Communications Circuit Accessories 24. UL 467-2004 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 25. UL 50 Electrical Cabinets and Boxes 26. UL 1076 Security Systems 27. UL 294 Access Control 28. NEMA 250 29. OSHA CFR Standards-29, Section 1910 or most current edition.

a. 1910.268 Telecommunications b. 1910.146 Permit-Required Confined Spaces

30. FCC Part 68 Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 Telecommunications 31. FCC 47 CFR 68 32. ADA Americans with Disabilities Act

1.5 DEFINITIONS

A. Amplifier: (CATV) A device that boosts the strength of a CATV signal.

B. APC: Angle Physical Connector – An optical fiber connector that is polished at an angle of 8 to 10 degrees to reduce the back reflection of the signal.

Page 5: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 5

C. A-Side: A term referring to backbone cabling associated with the primary backbone/riser system originating at “MC-A” (Main Cross-Connect A). The A-Side functions as a fully independent and redundant system in comparison to the B-Side).

D. Attenuation: The decrease in power of a signal, light beam, or lightwave, either absolutely or as a fraction of a reference value. Attenuation is the opposite of gain and is measured in decibels (dB).

E. Backbone System: The cabling and connecting hardware that provides interconnection between Telecommunications Rooms, Equipment Room, and entrance facilities.

F. BCT: Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications – A conductor that interconnects the building’s service equipment (power ground) to the telecommunications grounding system.

G. BDF: Building Distribution Frame – A centralized space designed for telecommunications equipment that serves the occupants of a building. Equipment therein is considered distinct from a IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) because of its nature or complexity. Also frequently referred to as ER or MDF

H. BET: Building Entrance Terminal - Cable termination equipment used to terminate outside plant (OSP) cables at or near the point of building entry.

I. B-Side: A term referring to backbone cabling associated with the secondary back-bone/riser system originating at “MC-B” (Main Cross-Connect B). The B-Side functions as a fully independent and redundant system in comparison to the A-Side).

J. CBN: Common Bonding Network – The principal means for effective bonding and grounding inside a telecommunications facility or data center. The CBN has a mesh topology and is connected to the grounding electrode system.

K. Coaxial Cable: A cable composed of an insulated central conducting wire wrapped in another cylindrical conducting wire and then wrapped in another insulating layer and an outer protecting layer.

L. Conduit Chase Pipe: Short section of bushed EMT conduit with sufficient size and capacity to support horizontal cabling bundles from ceiling space, through ceiling tile, onto the cable runway system connecting wall to rack or cabinet.

M. dBmV: (CATV) A signal measurement whereby 0 dBmV equals 1000 microvolts across 75 ohms. A recommended signal level for a TV to receive is 10 dBmV.

N. Department of Information Technology Services: The Coastal Carolina Univ. entity responsible for all information transport infrastructure defined within Division 27. Also referred to as ITS.

O. Distribution Amplifier: (CATV) A device that provides several isolated outputs from one looping or bridging input, and has a sufficiently high input impedance and input-to-output isolation to prevent loading of the input source.

P. EDA: Equipment Distribution Area - The Data Center space occupied by equipment racks or cabinets.

Q. ER: Equipment Room – A centralized space designed for telecommunications equipment that serves the occupants of a building. Equipment therein is considered distinct from a TR (Telecommunications Room) because of its nature or complexity. Also frequently referred to as MDF or BDF.

Page 6: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 6

R. F-Connector: (CATV) The final piece of hardware on a cable designed for CATV or DBS or other signal distribution applications. It is cylindrical with a center pin protruding out, that plugs into the set-top box, cable ready TV, satellite receiver, or VCR.

S. Fusion Splicing: An optical fiber splicing method that consists of two clean (stripped of coating) cleaved fibers then joining them and fusing the ends together with an electric arc.

T. GE: Grounding Equalizer – A conductor that interconnects elements of the telecommunications grounding infrastructure (formerly Telecommunications Bonding Backbone Inter-connecting Bonding Conductor).

U. Headend: (CATV) A CATV systems control center where incoming signals from satellites and other sources are fed into a distribution system. The originating point of a signal in CATV systems.

V. Horizontal System: The cabling between, and including, the TO (Telecommunications Outlet) connector and the HC (Horizontal Cross-connect) in the Telecommunications Room.

W. HC: Horizontal Cross-Connect – A group of connectors, such as patch panel or punchdown block, that allows equipment and backbone cabling to be cross-connected with patch cords or jumpers. Floor Distributor (FD) is the international term for HC. Also frequently referred to as IDF.

X. HDA: Horizontal Distribution Area – A space within the Data Center where a Horizontal Cross-Connect is located that may include LAN switches, SAN switches and KVM switches for the end equipment located in the EDA (Equipment Distribution Area).

Y. IDF: Intermediate Distribution Frame – An enclosed space designed for housing telecommunications equipment, cable terminations, and cross-connects. The room is the recognized cross-connect between the Backbone and Horizontal Systems. Also frequently referred to as TR.

Z. J-Hook: A supporting device for horizontal cables that is shaped like a “J”. It is attached to some building structures. Horizontal cables are laid in the opening formed by the “J” to provide support for cables.

AA. LC: Lucent Connector - A small form factor (SFF) single fiber, optical fiber connector used for the termination of both multimode and single mode optical fiber cables. The housing mechanism of the LC connector (simplex and duplex) is a push-pull type connection.

BB. Line Amplifier: (CATV) An amplifier for audio or video signals that feeds a transmission line; also called program amplifier.

CC. MC: Main Cross-Connect – The Cross-Connect normally located in the ER or BDF for cross-connection and interconnection of entrance cables, first-level backbone cables, and equipment cables. Campus distributor is the international term for MC. Also frequently referred to as MDF.

DD. MDA: Main Distribution Area – The space in the Data Center where the Main Cross-Connect is located.

EE. Minor Pathway Support Hardware: Anchors, support brackets, clamps, clips, cable ties, D-rings, rack screws, velcro straps and etc. used to dress and secure cabling, conduits and surface raceways.

Page 7: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 7

FF. Modulator: (CATV) The electronic equipment required to combine video and audio signals and convert them to TV radio frequencies (RF) for distribution to other equipment (including televisions) on a CATV system.

GG. MTP: Multi-Fiber Termination Push-On Connector – an optical fiber connector built upon the MTP ferrule with (12) fibers or (6) duplex channels.

HH. Multimode Optical Fiber: Optical fiber with a core diameter of 50 or 62.5 micron (micrometer) and a cladding diameter of 125 micron; lightwave propagation allows many modes within multimode fiber. Also abbreviated as MM or FOMM.

II. Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR): An instrument that measures transmission characteristics by sending a series of short light pulses down an optical fiber element/strand and provides a graphic representation of the backscattered light.

JJ. Optical Loss Test Set (OLTS): A tool, consisting of a stabilized light source and optical power meter, that directly measures loss by computing the difference between the optical power entering a fiber element/strand and the optical power exiting it.

KK. Primary Protector: A device that limits voltage between telecommunications conductors and ground (usually between 215 volt direct current [VDC] to 350 VDC). 2. A protective device placed on telecommunications conductors in accordance with codes and standards such as NFPA 70.

LL. Radio Frequency (RF): The area (or band) of the electromagnetic spectrum where most radio communication takes place, typically from 100 KHz to 100 GHz. A frequency at which coherent electromagnetic radiation of energy is useful for communication purposes. Analog electrical signals sent on cable or over the air. Conventional (broadcast) television and radio, as well as cable TV, deliver RF signals to your television/radio.

MM. SC: Subscriber Connector – An “full-size” optical fiber connector used for the termination of both multimode and single mode optical fiber cables (both simplex and duplex), having a square front profile with push-pull latching mechanism.

NN. Secondary Protector: A secondary voltage protector installed in series with the indoor communications wire and cable between the primary protector and the equipment. The secondary protector provides over-current protection that will safely fuse at currents less than the current-carrying capacity of the device that it is intended to protect.

OO. SE: Service Entrance - An entrance to a building for both public and private network ser-vice cables. A facility that provides all necessary mechanical and electrical services for the entry of telecommunications cables into a building and that complies with all relevant regulations.

PP. Single Mode Optical Fiber: Optical fiber with a relatively small core diameter of 8–9 micron (micrometer) and a cladding diameter of 125 micron; lightwave propagation is restricted to a single path, or mode, in single mode optical fiber. Also abbreviated as SM or FOSM.

QQ. Splice: A joining of conductors meant to be permanent. 2. A device that joins conducting or transmitting media. Also referred to as straight splice.

Page 8: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 8

RR. Splice Case: A metal or plastic housing with a semi-cylindrical cavity used to clamp around a cable splice, providing a closure.

SS. Splitter: (CATV) A passive device that takes a signal and splits it into two or more lower-level output signals.

TT. Tap: (CATV) A device used on community antenna television cables for matching impedance and connecting service drops.

UU. TBB: Telecommunications Bonding Backbone - A copper conductor used to connect the Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) to the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB).

VV. TE: Telecommunications Enclosure - A case or housing for telecommunications cable terminations and cross-connect cabling.

WW. TGB: Telecommunications Grounding Bus Bar - A common point of connection for telecommunications system and equipment bonding to ground, and located in the telecommunications room or equipment room.

XX. TMGB: Telecommunications Main Grounding Bus Bar - A bus bar placed in a convenient and accessible location and bonded, by means of the bonding conductor for telecommunications, to the building service equipment (power) ground.

YY. TO: Telecommunications Outlet - A device placed at the user workstation for termination of horizontal media and for connectivity of network equipment. Also referred to as WAO (Work Area Outlet).

ZZ. TR: Telecommunications Room – An enclosed space designed for housing telecommunications equipment, cable terminations, and cross-connects. The room is the recognized cross-connect between the Backbone and Horizontal Systems. Also frequently referred to as IDF.

AAA. Transition Splice: A planned splice point, at the building entrance, used to transition from non-rated outdoor to indoor-rated cable designs.

BBB. WAO: Work Area Outlet - A device placed at the user workstation for termination of horizontal media and for connectivity of network equipment. Also referred to as TO (Tele-communications Outlet).

CCC. ZDA: Zone Distribution Area – A space in the Data Center where a zone outlet or consolidation point is located.

1.6 ACRONYMNS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. ACR: Attenuation-to-Crosstalk Ration

B. ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act

C. AFF: Above Finished Floor

D. ANSI: American National Standards Institute

Page 9: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 9

E. APC: Angle Physical Connector

F. ASTM: American Society for Testing & Materials (ASTM International)

G. AWG: American Wire Gauge

H. BCT: Bonding Conductor for Telecommunications

I. BDF: Building Distribution Frame

J. BER: Building Entrance Room

K. BET: Building Entrance Terminal

L. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International, Inc.

M. BTU: British Thermal Unit

N. CATV: Community Antenna Television (Cable Television)

O. CBN: Common Bonding Network

P. CD: Campus Distributor

Q. dB: Decibel

R. dBmV: Decibel MilliVolt

S. EDA: Equipment Distribution Area

T. EIA: Electronic Industries Association

U. ELFEXT: Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk

V. EMC: Electromagnetic Compatibility

W. EMI: Electromagnetic Interference

X. EMT: Electrical Metallic Tubing

Y. ER: Equipment Room

Z. FCC: Federal Communications Commission

AA. FD: Floor Distributor

BB. FEXT: Far-End Crosstalk

CC. FOMM: Fiber Optic Multimode

Page 10: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 10

DD. FOSM: Fiber Optic Single Mode

EE. FOTP: Fiber Optic Test Procedure

FF. Freq: Frequency

GG. GE: Grounding Equalizer (replacing TBBIBC)

HH. Gnd: Ground

II. HB: Handbox

JJ. HC: Horizontal Cross-Connect

KK. HDA: Horizontal Distribution Area

LL. HH: Hand Hole

MM. HVAC: Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning

NN. Hz: Hertz

OO. IC: Intermediate Cross-Connect

PP. IDC: Insulation Displacement Connector

QQ. IDF: Intermediate Distribution Frame

RR. IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

SS. ISO: International Standards Organization

TT. ISP: Inside Cable Plant

UU. IT: Information Technology (Department of)

VV. LAN: Local Area Network

WW. LC: Lucent Connector

XX. Mbps: Megabits per second

YY. MC: Main Cross-Connect

ZZ. MDA: Main Distribution Area

AAA. MDF: Main Distribution Frame

BBB. MH: Maintenance Hole

Page 11: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 11

CCC. MHz: Megahertz

DDD. MM: Multimode

EEE. MTP: Multi-Fiber Termination Push-On

FFF. NEC: National Electrical Code, NFPA 70

GGG. NESC: National Electric Safety Code

HHH. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association

III. NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory

JJJ. OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration

KKK. OSP: Outside Plant

LLL. OTDR: Optical Time Domain Reflectometer

MMM. OLTS: Optical Loss Test Set

NNN. PR: Pair

OOO. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer

PPP. RFI: Radio Frequency Interference

QQQ. RH: Relative Humidity

RRR. SC: Subscriber Connector

SSS. SE: Service Entrance

TTT. SM: Single Mode

UUU. TBB: Telecommunication Bonding Backbone

VVV. TBBIBC: Telecommunications Bonding Backbone Interconnecting Bonding Conductor

WWW. TGB: Telecommunications Grounding Bus bar

XXX. TIA: Telecommunications Industry Association

YYY. TMGB: Telecommunications Main Grounding Bus Bar

ZZZ. TO: Telecommunications Outlet

AAAA. TR: Telecommunications Room

Page 12: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 12

BBBB. UL: Underwriters Laboratory

CCCC. UPS: Uninterruptible Power Supply

DDDD. UTP: Unshielded Twisted Pair

EEEE. WAO: Work Area Outlet

FFFF. WAP: Wireless Access Point

GGGG. ZDA: Zone Distribution Area

1.7 GUIDELINES FOR ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, AND DESIGNERS

A. Two predominant types of communications service rooms shall be designed and constructed in support of information transport systems. These spaces are the BDF (Building Distribution Frame) and IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame).

B. The BDF shall be designed to contain the MC (Main Cross-Connect) and HC (Horizontal Cross-Connect) and the IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) shall be designed to house the HC .

C. BDF and IDF spaces shall be designed with adequate clearance to contain both single upright, two-post open frame universal “relay rack” and dual upright, four-post open frame universal “relay rack” styles as well as wall mounted frames and termination fields. Open frame equipment racks, 19 inches wide x 84 inches high, shall be furnished and installed such that rear access is available for installation and maintenance. Racks shall be bolted to the floor. The tops of the racks shall be securely braced to rigid cable runway and bracketed to the wall.

D. Cabinets may be used occasionally for special purpose installations such as server systems installation, A/V systems, and CATV headend equipment. In each instance, cabinets shall be specified as part of the system requirements contained within each individual systems specification. In all cases, cabinets shall be installed according to practices contained within Section 27 11 16.

E. A minimum of one (1) BDF shall be required per building. BDF(s) shall be sized according to BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Service International) TDMM (Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual), most recent edition, criteria as defined within Chapter “Telecommunications Spaces” for BDF (Building Distribution Frames) and IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frames).

F. All Division 27 design services shall be directly performed by a BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Service) RCDD (Registered Communications Distribution Designer) having a minimum of ten (10) years active design experience under this credential. Specific duties assigned to the RCDD shall include, but not be limited to, the following: all aspects of structured cabling, rack elevations, pathways, entrances, grounding and bonding, etc. The Architect/Designer shall be responsible to assure that other MEP functions do not interfere with, or otherwise infringe upon, critical elements of the BDF/IDF space.

Page 13: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 13

1.8 COORDINATION

A. All Division 27 Contractor Project Managers shall schedule and conduct a coordination meeting with CCU ITS to confirm and coordinate scope of work requirements prior to commencement of work whether project is new construction, renovation, or retrofit. Project meetings shall be scheduled through the General Contractor, Construction Manager, or CCU Facilities Services depending upon how the project management process is structured in each instance.

B. The Contractor shall submit a work schedule before any work begins. This schedule shall identify the major phases of the installation. The Architect or Construction Manager shall review the schedule with CCU ITS and CCU Facilities representatives, identify inspection requirements based on phasing and request any required modifications to the installation schedule. When the installation plan is finalized and approved, work may begin.

1.9 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Division 1 for exact submittal procedures.

B. Work shall not proceed without CCU approval of all submitted items.

C. The Division 27 Contractor shall provide for review, without exception prior to material acquisition and installation, multiple copies of the following items, quantity as required by the General Contractor or Construction Manager, as applicable. Specific requirements shall be listed and described within each Division 27 section. Failure to submit required items shall disqualify the bidder. 1. Product Data Sheets (Catalog Cuts) 2. Backbone/Riser/Cabling Diagrams 3. System Schematics 4. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment 5. Bill of Materials 6. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications 7. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual 8. Current Manufacturer Certifications

D. The Division 27 Contractor shall provide Coordination Drawings for review, without exception prior to material acquisition and installation for approval to proceed. Coordination Drawings shall consist of floor plans and building sections, drawn to scale. Include scaled Cable Tray/Runway layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show the following: 1. Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions. 2. Clearances for access above and to the side of Cable Tray/Runways. 3. Vertical elevation of Cable Tray/Runways above floor or bottom of ceiling structure.

E. Provide throughout installation: 1. Material samples, if requested by the Architect, Technology Consultant, General Contractor, or

Construction Manager. 2. Periodic field quality control reports. 3. Periodic cable test reports.

F. Provide prior to completion:

Page 14: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 14

1. Actual samples of the component labeling scheme to be applied to cabling components, to be approved by CCU ITS, Technology Consultant, General Contractor, or Construction Manager.

2. Draft cable administration drawings, as requested to assist CCU in the planning process. Drawings will be requested prior to final documentation and as Xerox reproductions of hand written field copies.

G. Provide at completion of each construction/testing phase or area, as defined by the General Contractor or Construction Manager: 1. Cable test and certification reports; summary hard copy or full test results on compact disc when

requested by the General Contractor or Construction Manager, CCU ITS, or the Technology Consultant. Reports shall be submitted to the requesting party within thirty (30) working days of completion for each phase.

2. One (1) full size set of final drawings of the actual installation for the Division 27 systems. Drawings shall be given as D or E size originals and on disc in AutoCAD format.

H. Provide after the installation is complete 1. One (1) full size set of record drawings of the actual installation for the Division 27 systems.

Drawings shall be given as D or E size originals and on disc in AutoCAD format.

I. Provide after the installation is complete and two (2) weeks before final acceptance, three (3) bound sets of O&M (Operating and Maintenance) Manuals formatted as defined by Division 1 and within Section 27 00 00. In addition to the specific requirements contained within each Division 27 sub-section, each copy of the O&M Manual shall include, at minimum, items listed as follows: 1. One (1) copy of each approved submittal. 2. Cable test and certification reports; summary hard copy and full test results on disc.

a. All test data, including documentation of failed tests, the corrective procedures performed, and the results of re-tests are to be documented and submitted in both hard copy and ASCII format on CD-ROM disc.

b. Hand written test reports shall not be accepted. c. All actions required to correct failed tests shall be documented to include the cable

identifier, tests that were failed, and actions performed to correct the problem. 3. Instruction manuals including equipment and cable schedules, operating instructions, and

manufacturer's instructions. 4. Manufacturer Warranty Certificate. 5. Warranty contacts including but not limited to: names, telephone numbers (office and mobile).

1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contracting firm shall constitute a company with a minimum of eight (8) years successful installation experience with projects utilizing intrabuilding and interbuilding copper and optical fiber cabling system work similar to that required for this project.

B. Cabling Contractor shall provide with bid an RCDD and Installer-level BICSI Certification. A minimum of one (1) permanent crew member shall be BICSI Installer Level II as well as manufacturer certified. Twenty-five percent (25%) of installation force shall be BICSI Installer Level I. Work crew, not involved in installing cable elements (e.g. laborers delivering/moving materials, installing grounding by an electrician, or workers installing pathway elements) do not require BICSI or manufacturer certification or registration.

Page 15: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 15

C. Cabling Contractor shall provide with bid a Manufacturer Certification for the system solution bid, issued directly in the bidder’s company name, valid for the time frame in which the installation will be completed.

D. Cabling Contractor shall provide with bid a minimum of five (5) reference accounts at which similar work, both in scope and design, have been completed by this Contractor within the last three (3) years. Three (3) of the provided references shall relate directly to the healthcare environment.

E. Cabling Contractor shall provide with bid the experience profile of the RCDD responsible to manage the contract. Should the RCDD assigned to this project change during the installation, the replacement RCDD profile shall be re-submitted to the Architect, Technology Consultant, General Contractor or Construction Manager, and Coastal Carolina Univ. for review and approval.

F. Upon request, the contractor shall arrange a visit and consultation to referenced installations. No contractor personnel shall be present during discussions with references.

G. The contractor shall be knowledgeable in local, state, regional, and national codes and regulations. All work shall comply with the latest revision of codes or regulations. When conflict exists between local or national codes or regulations, the most stringent codes or regulations shall apply.

H. Only installers trained and certified by the proposed manufacturer shall be allowed to install products. Installers must possess the highest level of certification available by the manufacturer for the specific copper cabling solution being installed.

I. Only installers trained and certified by the proposed manufacturer shall be allowed to install firestop products.

J. Only installers trained and certified by the proposed manufacturer shall be allowed to terminate and test optical fiber. Others specified above may pull/place optical fiber cable under the supervision of an installer trained and certified by the manufacturer.

K. The Contractor may provide proof of registration/certification of planned installers in bid documents. If not included in the bid documents, the Contractor shall provide a narrative on the levels of registration/certification of their installers within the bid documents. The Contractor shall provide proof of registration/certification for the final list of installers prior to the start of work.

L. Coastal Carolina Univ. Facilities Services and Department of Information Technology Services reserve the right to reject any unregistered or uncertified installers performing work for which they are not registered/certified. The Contractor shall be responsible for any loss of work, delays in schedules, or extra cost as a result of the use of unregistered/uncertified workers. Additional effort on the part of the Contractor to maintain the installation schedule as a result of the above mentioned loss time shall be the Contractor’s responsibility and at the Contractor’s additional expense.

M. The Contractor shall provide to Coastal Carolina Univ. Facilities Services and Department of Information Technology Services the above required documentation for any worker on this project brought in after the submittal of initial documentation on installers. Owner may periodically check installer identification and registrations/certifications during the installation.

Page 16: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 16

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REFERENCE BRANDS AND PART NUMBERS – BASIS OF DESIGN

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed within Division 27 represent the Basis-of-Design and are as required by the Coastal Carolina Univ. Alternates may be proposed but shall meet or exceed specifications for the items listed. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of CCU Department of Information Technology Services.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed within Division 27, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. Prior to submitting bids, the Contractor shall call to the attention of the Architect, CCU ITS Department and Technology Consultant any materials or apparatus that the bidder believes to be inadequate and to any necessary items of work omitted.

D. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Contractor shall provide conversion and integration of existing in-service communications infrastructure into new and existing spaces in close coordination with Coastal Carolina Univ. ITS. Accommodate all CCU requirements for after-hours scheduling and planned service outages.

B. Remove and dispose of communications cabling, and other physical support elements, such as racks and panels, as required by construction phasing.

C. CCU shall not be responsible for delays in work because of shutdowns due to unsafe working practices by Contractors. Delays enforced by the Safety Office caused by unforeseen environmental conditions in the work area may be out of Contractor’s control. Contractors shall contact the CCU primary project manager immediately if delays are incurred for safety reasons.

D. CCU facilities represent administrative, research, and educational facilities. As such, activities in all buildings are critical to the objectives of CCU. These objectives shall not be interrupted by the Contractor’s work activities. The active information transport system and cabling associated with specific work beyond the construction area shall not be disrupted at any time. Unusual circumstances (e.g. voice cutovers) can occur and shall be declared and scheduled with as much notice as possible. Service disruptions, if needed, shall be at the convenience and schedule of CCU.

E. Security at CCU is controlled by the CCU Public Safety and Community Services (Security). Security officers have final authority over access and security at work areas.

Page 17: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 17

F. Contractor shall clean work areas each day and remove debris properly and legally from CCU property. Materials and supplies stored for use in the project shall be neatly stacked outside the circulation areas. All exits and paths shall be cleaned so as to prevent dirt from being tracked into CCU facilities.

G. Contractor shall ensure that all building fixtures have been reinstalled to their original condition at the conclusion of the final shift of the day.

H. Contractors may require parking spaces to be cordoned off in advance of work to access maintenance holes, handholes, handboxes, utility poles and/or underground spaces and pathways. Contractors shall contact CCU Facilities Services and Public Safety and Community Services to arrange for this.

I. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to secure any parking permits prior to the first day of work on-site.

J. Work outside of normal CCU operating hours and days shall be coordinated with CCU Facilities Services and Public Safety and Community Services.

3.2 FINAL CLEANING

A. Division 27 Contractor shall thoroughly clean all assemblies within all BDF and IDF spaces before they are turned over to CCU ITS for operation. Cleaning shall include, but not be limited to, all cable runway, racks and wire managers (inside and out), copper and optical fiber panels (inside and out). Should the BDF or IDF be completed prior to the balance of the floor space that it serves, racks, cabinets, and wall frames shall be covered with plastic sheeting to repel dust and other contaminants to which they will be subjected.

3.3 WARRANTY

A. The contractors shall adhere to all warranty requirements for all installations.

B. The contractor shall submit, in the bid documents, any additional contractor-specific warranties or guarantees to be offered on the project.

C. The contractor shall supply any and all necessary documentation needed to process and record the warranty(s) and to verify the installation solution.

D. Warranty of Fitness for a Particular Purpose 1. Contractor shall warrant recognition and understanding of all CCU requirements and intended uses

for the Division 27 systems, warrant the response to the bidding process, and warrant the equipment and all other products and services to satisfy all requirements identified in the contract documents as fit for the intended use unless specifically identified, in writing, in the bid response.

E. Warranty of Title 1. Contractor shall warrant the title to the equipment and software license rights to be free and clear

of all liens, encumbrances, or agreements. Contractor further warrants and represents that in the event of any claim at any time; contractor shall pay, satisfy, or make provision for the payment and satisfaction of any claim of any nature with respect to CCU shipping of any equipment.

F. System Warranty

Page 18: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 18

1. The Contractor shall provide a single manufacturer 25-year system performance warranty covering the installed cabling system against defects in workmanship, components and performance, and follow-up support after project completion. Project must be registered with Tyco electronics (TE) connectivity prior to start of work. All documentation of the 25-year system performance coverage and 25-year component coverage must be provided to CCU prior to completion of project. During the warranty period, and for non-conformities of which contractor has notice, contractor shall take all necessary and appropriate action; free of charge, to correct any non-conformity with the warranties contained in the manufacturer agreement. During the warranty period, contractor shall provide to CCU, free of costs and charges, all support necessary to ensure that the cabling system meets the requirements specified in this document and performance guarantees provided by the contractors. During the warranty period, contractors shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, all maintenance, service, parts and replacements necessary to maintain the cabling system in good working condition, at no cost to CCU.

2. All deficiencies shall be corrected within a period of forty-eight (48) hours.

G. The contractor shall supply a full manufacturer’s application assurance warranty for all new installations, to include approved termination hardware and cabling media from the proposed manufacturer’s list of approved materials. Services to be provided by this contractor to CCU during the warranty period shall include, without limitation, the following. 1. Remedial Maintenance

a. Contractor shall provide service on CCU's site as necessary including, but not limited to, fault isolation, diagnosis, and repair.

2. Maintenance Records a. Contractor shall maintain, at the jobsite, a current record of the cabling system

configuration, including maintenance history and all adds, moves, and changes. 3. Replacement Parts

a. Contractor shall provide and install replacement parts, including new components, to replace faulty cabling system components.

4. Field Change Orders a. Contractor shall provide and install field change orders with CCU approval. All change

order requests shall be processed by the General Contractor or Construction Manager. 5. Post-System Warranty Maintenance Service

a. Option of Maintenance Service 1) CCU shall reserve the right to elect or cancel at any time any maintenance service to

be provided by the Contractor. b. Warranty of On-Site Response

1) Regardless of the cause of the problem, contractor shall ensure that parts, equipment, and materials are available to remedy the problems and its personnel are ready to begin work (such action being deemed a "response") within the contract time periods for the applicable warranty period or maintenance period.

6. Warranty of Security a. Contractor shall warrant that its personnel, including all subcontractors, shall at all times

comply with all CCU security regulations of which contractor has been informed by CCU. Contractor also warrants that it has obtained all necessary licenses and permits required by federal, state and local government.

Page 19: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 19

3.4 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. All contract work shall be performed in accordance with the policies, procedures, and standards established by the CCU Safety Department.

B. CCU safety officers have final authority over working conditions, required permits, and required equipment and its proper use. Contractors shall be responsible to coordinate their activities with the Safety Office.

C. In construction areas, all Contractor personnel shall wear personnel protection devices, as deemed appropriate by the General Contractor or Construction Manager and as required by OSHA for the work location and work operation being performed. Devices shall included, but not be limited to hardhats, work boots, safety eye protection, reflective vests, etc.

D. All exposed holes, pits, pipes, etc., either inside or outside CCU facilities, shall be barricaded or plated and adequately secured when Contractor personnel are not present. All ladders, hanging wires, pipes, and other items protruding at a pedestrian level travel way most be removed or secured following the final shift of the day.

E. During breaks or when only a portion of work has been completed, tools shall not be left exposed where others may risk injury or attempt to use them. Windows and doors shall not be left unsecured or propped open during breaks. At the completion of the final shift each day, doors, windows, or other openings shall be adequately secured.

F. Contractors shall provide the most stringent traffic control as specified by the State of South Carolina, signage, etc. as needed to maintain a safe working environment. All work area access, road closures, parking spaces closures, and work outside of normal CCU operating hours and days shall be coordinated by Contractors as far in advance as possible with CCU Public Safety and Community Services. CCU Campus Police shall determine if closures of roads or spaces are possible at proposed dates and times. Work at any location may be restricted by day or time, depending on the location of the area, the need for road closures/traffic control, and/or concurrent events in the area or on campus. Contractors should contact Campus Police well in advance to determine scheduling of access to work areas.

G. When driving on CCU property, Contractor personnel shall observe all traffic safety regulations and pay particular attention to pedestrians. All loose material and debris on vehicles shall be adequately secured and tied down.

3.5 PERSONNEL IDENTIFICATION

A. All Contractor personnel working on the project shall carry a valid company identification card and shall wear clothing that identifies their company name. This requirement shall be in effect throughout the duration of the project.

B. Contractor personnel may be required to wear CCU issued identification badges when performing work on CCU facilities. If required, the Contractor shall provide names and social security numbers of all personnel assigned to the project so that badges may be prepared. Upon completion of the project, CCU issued badges shall be returned to the Public Safety and Community Services.

Page 20: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS GENERAL 270000 - 20

END OF SECTION 270000

Page 21: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 1

SECTION 270500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01, Division 07, and Division 08 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Drawings and provisions of the Contract including Division 26 Electrical.

C. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

D. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

E. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

F. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

G. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

H. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

Page 22: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 2

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODE AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes: 1. Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems 2. Conduits and Back Boxes for Communications Systems 3. Cable Trays for Communications Systems 4. Surface Raceways for Communications Systems 5. Cable Routing, Separation, and Distance 6. Communications Room Provisions 7. Common Installation Requirements 8. Firestopping

B. All references to Division 26, contained herein, are the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMNS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES

A. Coordinate layout of work with other trades. Make minor adjustments in location required for coordination. Locations of structural systems, heating work and plumbing lines shall take preference over locations of conduit lines where conflict occurs. Structural systems, heating work, and plumbing lines shall not interfere with or otherwise impede the routing of communication cabling with cable tray, raceways, or other pathways dedicated to communications. All potential issues shall be brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager immediately, before proceeding with installation.

B. Other than minor adjustments shall be submitted to the General Contractor or Construction Manager for approval before proceeding with the work.

Page 23: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 3

C. Coordinate locations, arrangement, mounting, and support of all communications provisions with Division 26. 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are

indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other

installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So that connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of

obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment.

D. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed.

E. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 and Division 26

F. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 08.

G. The location of TO(s) and WAO(s) shown on the Drawings is approximate, and the General Contractor or Construction Manager shall have the right to relocate any TO(s) or WAO(s) before they are installed without additional cost.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

Page 24: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 4

2.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Product selection shall be subject to Part 3 installation requirements.

B. Erico/Caddy CableCAT Wide Base Supports.

C. Erico/Caddy Vertical Backbone Cable Support, Reference: #CAT600WM.

D. Panduit Corporation J-Mod and J-Pro Cable Support System.

2.3 CONDUITS AND BACK BOXES

A. Refer to Division 26.

2.4 CABLE TRAYS – BUILDING

A. Refer to Division 26.

2.5 CABLE TRAYS – COMMUNICATIONS SPACES

A. Refer to Sections 271123 and 271844 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

2.6 SURFACE RACEWAYS

A. Refer to Division 26.

2.7 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES

A. Refer to Division 26.

2.8 SLEEVE SEALS

A. Refer to Division 26.

2.9 GROUT

A. Refer to Division 26.

2.10 PLYWOOD

A. All walls must be covered with ¾” Grade A-C plywood, sanded smooth and painted with fire-resistant paint (not fire retardant plywood unless required by local fire codes).

Page 25: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 5

B. The plywood should be mounted vertically starting at 2” AFF, and secured to the walls using flush-mounted fasteners designed and listed to secure wood to the specific wall/stud material.

C. All plywood must be mounted in contact with one another with no gaps between sheets. All fasteners must be flush with the surface of the plywood.

2.11 CONDUIT CHASE PIPES

A. Conduit Chase Pipes shall be provided within BDF and IDF spaces in any case where ceiling tile has been provided and must be breached.

B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) and Fittings 1. 4” trade size

a. Manufactured to ANSI C80.3 (EMT Zinc Coated) b. UL Standard 797 (EMT – Steel)

2. Arlington insulated bushings – Reference: EMT400

2.12 FIRESTOP DEVICES

A. The approved pathway through wall penetrations, up to 8” thick, is the E-Z Path (sleeve system) by STI. The Contractor shall identify penetration points for horizontal cabling, but must obtain pre-approval from the electrical Engineer prior to installation.

B. For cable tray penetrations through rated walls, intumescent firestop pillows shall be in-stalled. E-Z Path Series SSB Firestop Pillows or the equivalent.

C. For floor penetrations thicker than 8”, the use of metallic conduit shall be approved. Metallic conduit sleeves shall be 4” minimum. The electrical Engineer shall preapprove the size, quantity, and locations of the pathways. Refer to Division 26.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

B. Unless otherwise noted, the footages for cabling and materials shown on the Project Drawings are based upon available plant records, architectural drawings, or the Engineer’s route and pathway assumptions. The Contractor shall be required to perform field surveys and measurements, prior to ordering materials.

Page 26: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 6

3.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Communications cabling shall be contained within a combination of open spaces, enclosed conduits, raceways, and cable trays. These pathways are designed to provide the capacity to properly install high performance communications cabling for present and future applications.

B. Where cabling is installed within conduit, cable trays, and raceways, pathways shall be furnished and installed by Division 26.

C. Where conduit, cable trays, or raceways are not provided, Division 27 shall furnish and install independent supports so that no cable rests directly on ceiling tile, mechanical ductwork, or other supporting structures.

D. Cables shall be neatly routed and bundled above the suspended ceiling structure in bundles limited to a quantity of cables as per manufacturer Specifications and installation practices for Category 6 UTP or F/UTP as applicable to the media being installed. High performance sling-type supports shall be used for adds/moves/changes or low cable count pathways. High performance J-Hook supports shall also be used.

E. Suspended ceiling support wires shall not be used for cabling support. Cables shall not be laid directly on ceiling tiles or rails. Cables placed in hangers in the ceiling area shall be routed high and away from all other electrical and mechanical systems so as to avoid contact with light fixtures, ventilation ducts, sprinkler system or plumbing piping, motors or any other electrical devices.

F. The maximum separation between support points for all cabling shall be five (5) feet

G. All cable pathway support elements shall be certified by the manufacturer for a high performance twisted pair installation, when applicable. In all cases, support products shall be approved for the support of Category 6 or higher cables, including optical fiber.

3.3 CONDUITS AND BACK BOXES

A. Refer to Division 26

3.4 CABLE TRAYS – BUILDING

A. Refer to Division 26

3.5 CABLE TRAYS – COMMUNICATIONS SPACES

A. Refer to Section 271123 and 271844 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

3.6 SURFACE RACEWAYS

A. Refer to Division 26

Page 27: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 7

3.7 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES

A. Refer to Division 26

3.8 SLEEVE SEALS

A. Refer to Division 26

3.9 GROUT

A. Refer to Division 26

3.10 COMMON INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall mounting items.

B. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements.

C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.

D. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope.

E. The Contractor shall contact CCU before commencement of work and shall coordinate with CCU personnel and all other trades. Commencement of work shall be coordinated through the General Contractor or Construction Manager.

3.11 CABLE ROUTING, SEPARATION, AND DISTANCE

A. Whenever possible, primary cable routing paths shall follow the logical structure of the building. When a wall must be breached, provide sleeved openings. Cabling shall enter and exit these areas at 90° angles. Route all cables and cable raceways parallel to or perpendicular to building structure. No diagonal runs shall be permitted, unless noted otherwise.

B. To reduce or eliminate the field effect of EMI on data signaling, cable runs shall be kept a minimum distance from EMI sources. Refer to ANSI/NECA/BICSI-568-2006 Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling. 1. Minimum separation distance from possible sources of EMI:

a. 5 inches (125mm) from power lines of 2 KVA or less. b. 12 inches (305mm) from lighting fixtures. c. Minimum separation distance from possible sources of EMI exceeding 5KVA:

Page 28: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 8

Condition Min. Separation Distance

Unshielded power lines or electrical equipment in proximity to open or non-metal pathways.

24 in. (610 mm)

Unshielded power lines or electrical equipment in proximity to a grounded metal conduit pathway.

12 in. (300 mm)

Power lines enclosed in a grounded metal conduit (or equiva-lent shielding) in proximity to a grounded metal conduit path-

way. 6 in. (150 mm)

Electrical motors and transformers. 47 in. (1200 mm)

C. Communications cabling shall not be run in parallel with any high voltage electrical wiring.

D. The maximum length of horizontal communications cables shall be limited to 90 meters from the TO (Telecommunications Outlet) to the BDF or IDF point of termination.

E. All cabling shall be installed as single continuous homerun pulls from Connector Block to Patch Panel, and TO to Patch Panel. No inline connectors or splices in any form shall be permitted.

F. Cable routing from the Cable Runway onto the distribution frame shall be neatly organized and supported by cable support brackets, clips, loops, radius drops, spools, etc., as required to minimize tension and stress on the connector block terminations.

3.12 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM PROVISIONS

A. PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS 1. Furnish and install plywood backboards on all useable walls where indicated on Project Drawings. 2. Plywood shall be AC Grade or better, void-free. 3. Mount plywood to cover entire area on which Cable Runway, equipment, terminating hardware,

and cable management rings may be mounted. 4. Securely fasten plywood to wall framing members. Use flush hardware and supports to mount

plywood. Ensure that the strength and placement of the hardware are sufficient to handle the total anticipated load (static and dynamic) and mounting of equipment.

B. CONDUIT CHASE PIPES 1. Furnish and install 4” EMT conduit “Chase Pipes” within BDF, IDF, and other information

transport system spaces where communications cabling must pass through suspended ceiling tiles enroute to point of cabling termination.

2. Chase Pipes shall be securely mounted to the wall above Cable Runway segments using slotted unistrut and 4” pipe clamps. Reamed and bush pipes at both ends prior to cabling rough-in.

3.13 FIRESTOPPING

A. Refer to Division 07, Section “Penetration Firestopping”.

B. Refer to Division 26

Page 29: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270500 - 9

C. All conduits, sleeves, and penetrations of fire-rated walls, into which communications cables are pulled or reserved for communications cables, shall be sealed with an approved fire-retardant method and materials in accordance with UL (Underwiter’s Laboratory Inc.) Fire Resistance Directory.

D. All openings provided shall be fire stopped after cabling has been installed whether filled, partially filled, or un-used.

E. The Contractor shall affix a permanent “WARNING FIRE-STOP SEAL – DO NOT DISTURB” label on both sides of all fire-stop breaches. The label shall contain the following information. 1. Division 27 Contractor name, address, and contact information. 2. Installer’s name & date. 3. UL listing number (Firestop product). 4. F Rating

END OF SECTION 270500

Page 30: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 1

SECTION 270526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

E. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

F. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

G. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

H. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

Page 31: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 2

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes solid grounding of technology systems and equipment. It includes basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment circuits and systems. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications.

B. Comply with the ANSI/TIA/EIA Standard 607, “Grounding and Bonding Requirements” and the NEC.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following:

B. Product data for connectors and connections materials, and grounding fittings.

C. Field-testing organization certificates, signed by the Contractor, certifying that the organization performing field tests complies with the requirements specified in Quality Assurance below.

D. Report of field tests and observations certified by the testing organization.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical connectors, terminals and fittings of types and rating required, and ancillary grounding materials, including stranded cable, copper braid and bus, ground rods and plate electrodes, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years.

B. Installer: Qualified with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with technology ground work similar to that required for this project.

C. Listing and labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. The terms “listed” and “labeled” shall be defined as they are in the National Electric Code, Article 100.

D. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A “Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory” (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.

E. Field-testing Organization Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, the independent testing organization must demonstrate, based on evaluation of organization-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated.

F. Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70, “National Electric Code” (NEC).

Page 32: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 3

G. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards Nos. 467 and 869 pertaining to electrical and electronic grounding.

H. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 241 pertaining to electrical and electronic grounding.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc. 2. Burndy Corp. 3. Crouse-Hinds Co. 4. Electrical Components Division; Gould Inc. 5. General Electric Supply Co. 6. Ideal Industries, Inc. 7. Panduit Corporation 8. Thomas and Betts Corp.

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis of design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed within Division 27, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 CONDUCTOR MATERIALS

A. Copper with min 98% conductivity.

2.4 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS

A. Coordinate with Division 26 Sections.

B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated.

C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable.

Page 33: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 4

D. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Conform to the following:

a. Solid Conductors: ASTM B-3. b. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B-8. c. Tinned conductors: ASTM B-33.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS

A. Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section. All bus bars shall be two-hole lug type.

B. Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 inch thick and 2 inches wide, except as indicated.

C. Flexible Jumper Strap: Flexible flat conductor, 480 strands of 30-gauge bare copper wire, 3/4” wide, 9-1/2” long; 48.250cm. Protect braid with copper bolt-hole ends with holes sized for 3/8” diameter bolts.

2.6 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS

A. Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for materials used and approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

B. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units. All lugs shall be two-hole type.

C. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty units listed for the application.

D. Copper Compression HTAP & Clear Cover Reference: Panduit Corporation #HTAP and #HTWC.

E. Copper Compression Two-Hole Lug Reference: Panduit Corporation Two-Hole Long Barrel Window Lug #LCC-W

F. Rack-Mounted Grounding Strip Reference: Panduit Corporation #RGS

G. Cabinet-Mounted Grounding Strip Reference: Panduit Corporation # RGS and #RGRB

H. Cabinet-Mounted Front-to-Rail Jumper Reference: Panduit Corporation #CJG

I. Paint-piercing Bonding Screw Reference: Panduit Corporation #RGTBS

J. Paint-piercing Grounding Washer Reference: Panduit Corporation #RGW

K. Two-Hole ESD Kits Reference: Panduit Corporation # RGESD2

L. Thread-Forming Screws Reference: Panduit Corporation #RGTS

M. Bus Bars for Communications 1. Refer to Division 26. Busbars shall be furnished and installed by Division 26, as specified herein.

Division 27 Specifications for TMGB and TGB bars shall supersede any as given in Division 26.

Page 34: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 5

2. TMGB (Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar) shall be a pre-drilled copper busbar with holes for use with standard-sized lugs. Minimum dimensions shall be 0.25” thick by 4” wide and 24” in length. The TMGB shall be listed by a NRTL (Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory). Reference: Panduit Corporation #GB4B0624TPI-1.

3. TGB (Telecommunications Grounding Busbar) shall be a pre-drilled copper bus-bar with holes for use with standard-sized lugs. Minimum dimensions shall be 0.25” thick by 2” wide and 24” in length. The TGB shall be listed by a NTRL. Reference: Panduit Corporation #GB2B0312TPI-1.

2.7 GROUNDING ELECTRODES

A. For technology systems, provide a #6 AWG minimum insulated stranded copper conductor from the grounding electrode system to each telecommunication room, terminal cabinet and central location.

B. Bonding Plates, Connectors, Terminals and Clamps: Provide electrical bonding plates, connectors, terminals, lugs and clamps as recommended by manufacturers for indicated applications.

C. Grounding Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing, welding materials and bonding straps, as recommended accessories by manufacturers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Each facility shall be equipped with a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB). This backbone shall be used to ground all telecommunications cable shields, equipment, racks, cabinets, raceways, and other associated hardware that has the potential to act as a current carrying conductor. The TBB shall be installed independent of the building’s electrical building ground and shall be designed in accordance with the recommendations contained in the ANSI/TIA/EIA-607 Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Standard.

B. The main communications entrance facility/equipment room shall be equipped with a telecommunications main grounding bar (TMGB). Each telecommunications room shall be provided with a telecommunications ground bar (TGB) connected to the TMGB by a #6 AWG minimum insulated stranded copper conductor. The TMGB shall be connected to the building electrical entrance grounding facility (master ground bus) with a #2 AWG minimum insulated stranded copper conductor. The intent of this system is to provide a grounding system that is equal in potential to the building electrical ground system. Therefore, ground loop current potential is minimized between telecommunications equipment and the electrical system to which it is attached.

C. All racks, metallic backboards, cable sheaths, metallic strength members, splice cases, cable trays, paging equipment, security equipment, CATV equipment etc. entering or residing in telecommunication spaces shall be grounded to the respective TGB or TMGB using a minimum #6 AWG insulated stranded copper conductor and compression connectors.

D. All cables and bus bars shall be identified and labeled in accordance with the Identification requirements Section 27 05 53.

Page 35: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 6

E. Except as otherwise indicated, provide grounding systems indicated; with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs), bonding jumper braid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for complete installation. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products complying with NEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated.

F. All bonding conductors shall not be placed in a ferrous metallic conduit. If it is necessary to place any bonding conductors in ferrous metallic conduit that exceeds 1 meter in length, the grounding conductors shall be bonded to each end of the conduit with a conductor sized as a # 6 AWG minimum.

G. All connections to building steel shall be exothermically (CAD) welded and connected to the telecommunications grounding bus bar with a minimum #2 AWG cable.

H. All cable tray and equipment racks shall be bonded together with grounding straps of a minimum of a #6 AWG cable. Bonding cables shall be equipped with a compression type ground lug on both ends. The ground lugs shall be attached to a point on the rack that is free of paint and equipped with a star washer. After connecting the ground lugs, seal the connection.

I. All ground cable connections to the telecommunications ground bar shall be with compression type lugs. No setscrew type lugs shall be used.

J. All ground conductors shall be free of splices.

K. All ground conductors shall be routed in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be free of sharp bends and kinks.

L. All new and existing protected entrance terminals in the telecommunications room shall be grounded and connected to the telecommunications grounding bar with a # 6 AWG conductor.

M. Bond the Data/Communications cable tray located in the at the building service entrance points with a minimum of # 2 AWG cable. Note that each tray is grounded at one building service entrance panel only. Connect the bonding conductor to the tray bonding conductor with a compression type fitting. No setscrew type lugs shall be used.

N. Structured Grounding System 1. Structured grounding system shall provide a low resistance, verifiable, dedicated path to a locally

provided TGB for purposes of maintaining performance, protection, and network reliability. 2. All communications spaces including, but not limited to, BDF, IDF, SE, Data Center and Demarc

Rooms shall require a structured grounding system to which all communications rack, cabinet, Cable Runway, wall frame, and equipment grounding shall be terminated.

3. Furnish and install equipment including, but not limited to: a. Copper Compression HTAP(s) b. Copper Compression Two-Hole Lugs c. Rack-Mounted Grounding Strips(s) d. Cabinet-mounted Front-to-Rail Jumper(s) e. Paint-piercing Bonding Screws and Studs f. Paint-piercing Grounding Washers g. ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Studs and Static Wrist Straps (on per rack or cabinet).

Page 36: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 7

O. Conductors 1. Within each communications space BDF, IDF, SE, Data Center, Demarc Room, and any other

information transport systems distribution space, the Contractor shall provide and install an individual homerun of green insulated stranded 6AWG copper ground wire directly from the TGB or TMGB to each and every assembly as follows: a. Rack or Cabinet b. Cable Runway Assembly c. BET (Building Entrance Terminal) d. Wall and Rack Mounted Frame e. CCU ITS furnished Network Electronics Unit f. Shielded Patch Panel g. Primary Protector h. Secondary Protector

2. Route conductors on short direct paths that have minimum resistive and inductive impedance as follows: a. Bonding conductors shall be routed with minimum bends or changes in direction b. Bonding connections shall be made directly to the points being bonded. c. Do not bend the grounding conductor wires into tight angles. Changes in direction shall be

of the widest radius possible. d. Unnecessary connections or splices in bonding conductors shall be avoided. When

absolutely necessary, use an approved connection and position it in an accessible location.

P. All open frame rack assemblies and cabinets shall require vertical rack grounding strips (RGS). Strips shall be mounted on the back side of the vertical rack rails for two-post assemblies and on the back side of the front post for four-post assemblies. These mounting arrangements apply to racks based on both UTP and F/UTP cabling. Contractor shall confirm details with CCU ITS prior to proceeding with the installation.

3.2 INSPECTION

A. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which technology grounding connections are to be made and notify the Technology Consultant and CCU ITS in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Provide technology grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable portions of NEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended functions.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Ground communications systems and equipment in accordance with the ANSI/TIA/EIA-607 Grounding Standard and NEC requirements except where the Drawings or Specifications exceed these requirements.

B. Coordinate with other work as necessary to interface installation of grounding system with other work.

Page 37: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 8

C. Route grounding conductors along the shortest and straightest paths without obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage, except as indicated.

D. Install bonding connections in accessible locations with approved components.

E. Each TGB shall be directly bonded to building steel and other permanent metallic systems where accessible.

F. The TGB and TMGB must be visibly labeled and physically secured.

G. Where the ground wire is exposed support at a minimum of every 24” both vertically and horizontally.

3.5 CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections in such a manner as to minimize possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible.

B. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and make contact points closer to in order of galvanic series.

C. Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact.

D. Coat and seal connections involving dissimilar metals with inert material such as red lead paint to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.

E. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer’s published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer’s torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to comply with torque tightening values specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. The Contractor shall test the impedance of all bonds of the grounding system, including cable

armor bonding to ground. The impedance of a two-point bonding test across any bond shall not exceed 0.1 ohm. The Contractor shall remediate any bond(s) over this limit or which contribute to a total impedance exceeding 0.1 ohm from any point in the network room to the bus bar within the space.

2. All bonds installed by the contractor shall be tested for impedance with an earth ground resistance test in its two-point setup, such as with a LEM Handy GEO tester. Place a QA label (with date and inspector) in proximity to each bond tested.

3. Test all grounding conductors for current, once installed. Measure AC and bidirectional DC current. Report any AC current over 1 Amp. Report any DC current, in either direction, over 500 ma.

B. Upon completion of installation of technology grounding systems, test ground resistance with ground resistance tester. Where tests show resistance to ground is over 10 ohms, take appropriate action to reduce resistance to 2 ohms, or less.

Page 38: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNCATIONS 270526 - 9

3.7 LABELING

A. All ground cables shall be labeled in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA 606.

END OF SECTION 270526

Page 39: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270528 - 1

SECTION 270528 - PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

F. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

G. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

H. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

Page 40: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270528 - 2

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

C. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code.

D. ASTM B633 – Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.

E. ASTM A510 – Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel.

F. NEMA VE 2-2000 – Cable Tray Installation Guidelines.

G. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes.

H. NEMA VE 1-1998 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.4 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. This Section includes secure support from the building structure for technology items by means of cable tray, hangers, supports, anchors, sleeves, inserts, seals and associated fastenings.

B. All support shall utilize threaded fasteners for all technology/attachments. 1. Exception: 2. Spring steel fasteners may be used in lieu of threaded fasteners only for ¾” raceways above

suspended ceilings.

C. Types of supports, anchors, sleeves and seals specified in this section include the following:

D. Cable basket 1. Clevis hangers

Page 41: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270528 - 3

2. Riser clamps 3. C-clamps 4. I-beam clamps 5. Conduit straps 6. Round steel rods 7. Lead expansion anchors 8. Toggle belts 9. Floor seals

E. Supports, anchors, sleeves and seals furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as part of that equipment assembly or as specified in Division 26.

F. Wire basket support systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of continuous wire mesh, field formed horizontal and vertical bends, tees, drop outs, supports and accessories.

G. Ladder style cable tray systems are separately defined within Section 271123 Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway.

H. The work covered under this section consists of furnishing all necessary coordination, labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services required to install complete cable basket systems within all areas, as indicated within project Drawings.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supporting devices, of types, sizes, and ratings requires, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years.

B. Contractor Qualifications: Firm shall have at least 3 years of successful installation experience with projects utilizing electronic/electrical supporting device work similar to that required for this project.

C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to construction and installation of supporting devices.

D. MSS Compliance: Comply with applicable MSS standard requirements pertaining to fabrication and installation practices for pipe hangers and supports.

E. UL Compliance: Provide components that are UL listed and labeled.

F. FS Compliance: Comply with Federal Specification FF-S-760 pertaining to retaining straps for conduit, pipe and cable.

G. Components shall be listed and labeled by ETL, CSA, or other approved, nationally recognized testing and listing agency that provides third-party certification follow-up services.

H. Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 392).

I. Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.

Page 42: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270528 - 4

J. Installer: Qualified with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with technology raceway work similar to that required for this project

K. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Supplementary Conditions Specifications Sections. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s data on supporting devices including catalog cuts,

specifications, and installation instructions, for each type of support, anchor, sleeve and seal. 2. Where multiple products are shown on one cut sheet, circle product to be used. 3. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of fabricated products, indicating details of

fabrication and materials. 4. Submit drawings of cable tray (wire basket) and accessories including connector assemblies, clamp

assemblies, brackets, splice plates, splice bars, waterfalls, grounding clamps and hold down plates showing accurately scaled components. Show layout, support and installation details.

5. Submit manufacturer’s data on cable tray (wire basket) support system including, but not limited to, types, materials, finishes, dimensions, colors and inside depths.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. CPI (Chatsworth Products Inc.)

B. Cooper/B-Line

C. GS Metals Corporation

D. Legrand - Cablofil

E. Panduit Corporation

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

Page 43: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270528 - 5

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS

A. Provide cable tray (wire basket) of types and sizes indicated; with connector assemblies, clamp assemblies, connector plates, splice plates and splice bars. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features.

B. Material and finish specifications for each metal cable tray type are as follows: 1. Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM

A510 and shall be electro-plated zinc in accordance with ASTM B633. 2. Straight sections shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM

A510 and shall be coated after the wire basket runway has been fabricated in accordance with ASTM A123 (CSA Type 1). All hot-dip galvanized sections must be returned to the point of manufacture after coating for inspection and removal of all icicles and excess zinc. Failure to do so may result in damage to cables and/or injury to installers.

3. Electro-Galvanized Zinc: Support accessories and miscellaneous hardware shall be coated in accordance with ASTM B633 SC3. All threaded components shall be coated in accordance with ASTM B633 SC1.

2.4 CABLE TRAY AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS

A. Wire basket shall be made of high strength steel wires and formed into a standard 2 inch by 4-inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires welded together. All wire ends along wire basket sides (flanges) shall be rounded during manufacturing for safety of cables and installers.

B. Wire basket cable tray shall conform to the following nominal criteria. 1. Straight sections shall be furnished in standard lengths. 2. Wire basket shall have a 4 inch usable loading depth by the width identified on the drawings. 3. All fittings shall be field formed as needed. 4. The installation and all fittings of all raceways shall allow Category 6 cable and fiber optic cable to

be pulled in and through in such a manner as to not exceed the pulling tension or minimum bending radius.

5. All splicing assemblies shall be the bolted type using flange locknuts. 6. Cable tray supports shall be center support hangers, trapeze hangers or wall brackets and shall be

supported by 1/4 inch or 3/8 inch diameter rods. 7. Special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support and install all cable tray

support systems.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

Page 44: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270528 - 6

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

3.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver cable tray (wire basket) support systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, bending and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment.

B. Store cable tray (wire basket) and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install cable tray (wire basket) where indicated; in accordance with recognized industry practices (NEMA VE-2 2000), ensure that the cable tray equipment complies with requirements of the NEC, and all general installation practices.

B. Coordinate cable tray (wire basket) with other electrical and mechanical work as necessary to properly interface installation of raceway with other work.

C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable tray (wire basket) to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

D. Install all raceways parallel to the wall or ceiling lines unless otherwise noted. Support basket cable raceways every 4’ minimum and at 6” from ends or boxes.

E. Ground the raceway per NEC Article 250, 392 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-607.

F. Route raceways in a manner to avoid steam, water, or other liquid piping.

G. Fish or blow through every run of conduit before plastering to guard against obstructions or omissions and plug ends carefully with tight fitting wood plugs or bush caps to avoid filling with plaster, dust, etc. and to avoid the possibility of condensation.

H. Leave nylon or steel fish wire in all raceways where permanent wiring is not being installed under this contract.

I. Install conduit making the total cross-sectional area of each raceway of sufficient size to permit ready installation or withdrawal of the cables required therein.

J. Route cable tray (wire basket) a minimum of 5” clearance from fluorescent light fixtures, 12” clearance from electrically operated equipment and all wiring at 120 or more volts and 4 ft. from transformers or large motors.

Page 45: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270528 - 7

K. All technology conduits are to be provided with nylon bushings to allow for cable pulling without damage.

L. For cable support, provide strain relief a minimum of every 10’ in vertical conduits runs. Provide the proposed method and products as a product submittal.

M. In areas without suspended ceilings, install cable tray (wire basket) raceways 6” below the lowest obstruction unless otherwise directed.

3.4 TESTING

A. Test pull-out resistance of one of each type, size and anchorage material for the following fastener types: 1. Expansion anchors. 2. Toggle bolts. 3. Powder-driven threaded studs.

B. Provide all jacks, jigs, fixtures, and calibrated indicating scales required for reliable testing. Obtain and submit the Structural Engineer’s signed approval before transmitting loads to the structure. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load for fastener. If fastening fails test, revise all similar fastener installations and retest until satisfactory results are achieved.

C. Test cable tray (wire basket) support systems to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance.

D. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the “worst case” loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE-1

END OF SECTION 270528

Page 46: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 - 1

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

SECTION 270536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1. Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray indicated.

A. Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray.

1. Show fabrication and installation details of cable trays, including plans, elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements. Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion-joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For seismic restraints.

1. Seismic-Restraint Details: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer, licensed in the state where Project is located, who is responsible for their preparation.

2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints. 3. Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported cable trays.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and sections, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:

1. Include scaled cable tray layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements.

2. Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions.

1.1

A.

RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Ladder cable trays. 2. Wire-basket cable trays.

1.3

ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of cable tray.

Page 47: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 - 2

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

3. Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays. 4. Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or below bottom of ceiling structure.

B. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For cable trays, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

C. Field quality-control reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design cable tray supports and seismic bracing.

B. Seismic Performance: Cable trays and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

1. The term "withstand" means "the cable trays will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified."

2. Component Importance Factor: 1.0.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes in cable tray installed outdoors.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CABLE TRAYS

A. Cable Trays and Accessories: Identified as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location, application, and grounding.

1. Source Limitations: Obtain cable trays and components from single manufacturer.

B. Sizes and Configurations: See the Cable Tray Schedule on Drawings for specific requirements for types, materials, sizes, and configurations.

Page 48: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 - 3

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

C. Structural Performance: See articles for individual cable tray types for specific values for the following parameters:

1. Uniform Load Distribution: Capable of supporting a uniformly distributed load on the indicated support span when supported as a simple span and tested according to NEMA VE 1.

2. Concentrated Load: A load applied at midpoint of span and centerline of tray. 3. Load and Safety Factors: Applicable to both side rails and rung capacities.

2.3 LADDER CABLE TRAYS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Mono-Systems, Inc. 3. MP Husky.

B. Description:

1. Configuration: Two I-beam side rails with transverse rungs welded to side rails. 2. Rung Spacing: 9 inches o.c. 3. Radius-Fitting Rung Spacing: 9 inches at center of tray's width. 4. Minimum Cable-Bearing Surface for Rungs: 7/8-inch width with radius edges. 5. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of side rails. 6. Structural Performance of Each Rung: Capable of supporting a maximum cable load, with a

safety factor of 1.5, plus a 200-lb concentrated load, when tested according to NEMA VE 1. 7. Minimum Usable Load Depth: 4 inches. 8. Straight Section Lengths: 12 feet except where shorter lengths are required to facilitate tray

assembly. 9. Width: 12 inches unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 10. Fitting Minimum Radius: 24 inches. 11. Class Designation: Comply with NEMA VE 1, Class 12B. 12. Splicing Assemblies: Bolted type using serrated flange locknuts. 13. Hardware and Fasteners: ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594 stainless steel, Type 316. 14. Splice Plate Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading

capacity of cable tray.

2.4 WIRE-BASKET CABLE TRAYS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Mono-Systems, Inc. 3. MP Husky.

Page 49: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 - 4

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

B. Description:

1. Configuration: Wires are formed into a standard 2-by-4-inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires welded together. Mesh sections must have at least one bottom longitudinal wire along entire length of section.

2. Materials: High-strength-steel longitudinal wires with no bends. 3. Safety Provisions: Wire ends along wire-basket sides (flanges) rounded during manufacturing to

maintain integrity of cables and installer safety. 4. Sizes:

a. Straight sections shall be furnished in standard 118-inch lengths. b. Wire-Basket Depth: 4-inch usable loading depth by 12 inches wide.

5. Connector Assemblies: Bolt welded to plate shaped to fit around adjoining tray wires and mating plate. Mechanically joins adjacent tray wires to splice sections together or to create horizontal fittings.

6. Connector Assembly Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading capacity of cable tray.

7. Hardware and Fasteners: ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594 stainless steel, Type 316.

2.5 MATERIALS AND FINISHES

A. Steel:

1. Straight Section and Fitting Side Rails and Rungs: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, SS, Grade 33.

2. Steel Tray Splice Plates: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1. 3. Fasteners: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A

510/A 510M, Grade 1008.

4. Finish: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

a. Standard: Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M, Class B2. b. Hardware: Stainless steel, Type 316, ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594.

5. Finish: Black oxide finish for support accessories and miscellaneous hardware according to ASTM D 769.

B. Aluminum:

1. Materials: Alloy 6063-T6 according to ANSI H 35.1/H 35.1M for extruded components and Alloy 5052-H32 or Alloy 6061-T6 according to ANSI H 35.1/H 35.1M for fabricated parts.

2. Hardware: Stainless steel, Type 316, ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594.

2.6 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES

A. Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and finishes as cable tray.

Page 50: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 - 5

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

B. Cable tray supports and connectors, including bonding jumpers, as recommended by cable tray manufacturer.

2.7

WARNING SIGNS

A. Lettering: 1-1/2-inch-high, black letters on yellow background with legend "Warning! Not To Be Used as Walkway, Ladder, or Support for Ladders or Personnel."

B. Comply with requirements for fasteners in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

2.8

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Test and inspect cable trays according to NEMA VE 1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION

A. Install cable trays according to NEMA VE 2.

B. Install cable trays as a complete system, including fasteners, hold-down clips, support systems, barrier strips, adjustable horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, crosses, cable dropouts, adapters, covers, and bonding.

C. Install cable trays so that the tray is accessible for cable installation and all splices are accessible for inspection and adjustment.

D. Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays.

E. Join aluminum cable tray with splice plates; use four square neck-carriage bolts and locknuts.

F. Fasten cable tray supports to building structure and install seismic restraints.

G. Design fasteners and supports to carry cable tray, the cables, and a concentrated load of 200 lb. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." Comply with seismic-restraint details according to Section 260548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."

H. Place supports so that spans do not exceed maximum spans on schedules and provide clearances shown on Drawings. Install intermediate supports when cable weight exceeds the load-carrying capacity of the tray rungs.

I. Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other appurtenances furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall-bracket form as required by application.

Page 51: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 - 6

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

J. Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading.

K. Install center-hung supports for single-rail trays designed for 60 versus 40 percent eccentric loading condition, with a safety factor of 3.

L. Locate and install supports according to NEMA VE 2. Do not install more than one cable tray splice between supports.

M. Support wire-basket cable trays with trapeze hangers or wall brackets.

N. Support trapeze hangers for wire-basket trays with 3/8-inch-diameter rods.

O. Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable trays and to equipment. Support cable trays independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable trays on equipment enclosure.

P. Install expansion connectors where cable trays cross building expansion joints and in cable tray runs that exceed dimensions recommended in NEMA VE 2. Space connectors and set gaps according to applicable standard.

Q. Make changes in direction and elevation using manufacturer's recommended fittings.

R. Make cable tray connections using manufacturer's recommended fittings.

S. Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."

T. Install capped metal sleeves for future cables through firestop-sealed cable tray penetrations of fire and smoke barriers.

U. Install cable trays with enough workspace to permit access for installing cables.

V. Install barriers to separate cables of different systems, such as power, communications, and data processing; or of different insulation levels, such as 600, 5000, and 15 000 V.

W. Install permanent covers, if used, after installing cable. Install cover clamps according to NEMA VE 2.

X. Clamp covers on cable trays installed outdoors with heavy-duty clamps.

Y. Install warning signs in visible locations on or near cable trays after cable tray installation.

3.2 CABLE TRAY GROUNDING

A. Ground cable trays according to NFPA 70 unless additional grounding is specified. Comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

B. Cable trays with communications cable shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers.

Page 52: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 - 7

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

C. Cable trays with control conductors shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers.

D. When using epoxy- or powder-coat painted cable trays as a grounding conductor, completely remove coating at all splice contact points or ground connector attachment. After completing splice-to-grounding bolt attachment, repair the coated surfaces with coating materials recommended by cable tray manufacturer.

E. Bond cable trays to power source for cables contained within with bonding conductors sized according to NFPA 70, Article 250.122, "Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors."

3.3 CABLE INSTALLATION

A. Install cables only when each cable tray run has been completed and inspected.

B. Fasten cables on horizontal runs with cable clamps or cable ties according to NEMA VE 2. Tighten clamps only enough to secure the cable, without indenting the cable jacket. Install cable ties with a tool that includes an automatic pressure-limiting device.

C. Fasten cables on vertical runs to cable trays every 18 inches.

D. Fasten and support cables that pass from one cable tray to another or drop from cable trays to equipment enclosures. Fasten cables to the cable tray at the point of exit and support cables independent of the enclosure. The cable length between cable trays or between cable tray and enclosure shall be no more than 72 inches.

E. Tie MI cables down every 36 inches where required to provide a 2-hour fire rating and every 72 inches elsewhere.

F. In existing construction, remove inactive or dead cables from cable trays.

3.4 CONNECTIONS

A. Remove paint from all connection points before making connections. Repair paint after the connections are completed.

B. Connect pathways to cable trays according to requirements in NEMA VE 2 and NEMA FG 1.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform the following tests and inspections:

1. After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized, survey for compliance with requirements.

2. Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in cable trays, vibrations, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause or have caused damage.

Page 53: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS

SYSTEMS

270536 - 8

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

3. Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable trays do not exceed that permitted by NFPA 70. Verify that communications or data-processing circuits are separated from power circuits by barriers or are installed in separate cable trays.

4. Verify that there are no intruding items such as pipes, hangers, or other equipment in the cable tray.

5. Remove dust deposits, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any blockage of tray ventilation.

6. Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and re-torque in suspect areas.

7. Check for improperly sized or installed bonding jumpers. 8. Check for missing, incorrect, or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with

specified hardware. 9. Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding; verify that all takeoff

raceways are bonded to cable trays. Test entire cable tray system for continuity. Maximum allowable resistance is 1 ohm.

B. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed cable trays and cables.

1. Install temporary protection for cables in open trays to safeguard exposed cables against falling objects or debris during construction. Temporary protection for cables and cable tray can be constructed of wood or metal materials and shall remain in place until the risk of damage is over.

2. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by cable tray manufacturer.

3. Repair damage to paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by cable tray manufacturer.

END OF SECTION 270536

Page 54: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 1

SECTION 270543 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

G. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

H. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

Page 55: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 2

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 SCOPE

A. The minimum composition requirements and/or installation methods for the following materials and work are included in this section. The following is a general list of sections found within this document:

1. Trenching and Excavation 2. Duct banks 3. Service Boxes

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The Contractor shall engage the services of a qualified installer for all excavation, conduit, and concrete work.

B. All work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction and details of workmanship that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Project Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The materials and equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where "approved equal" is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval. Where "superior" is stated, equipment shall be superior in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval.

C. Materials and work specified herein shall comply with the applicable requirements of:

1. The following Articles of the National Electric Code (NFPA 70) a. Nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors b. Rigid metal conduit c. Rigid nonmetallic conduit

2. The following National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards: a. NEMA, RN1, 1986 PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and

Intermediate Metal Conduit b. NEMA, TC3, 1982 PVC fittings for use with Rigid PVC Conduit and tubing c. NEMA. TC6, 1983 PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation d. NEMA, TC8, 1983 Extra strength PVC Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground

Installation e. NEMA, TC9, 1983 Fittings for ABS and OVC Plastic Utilities Duct and Fittings for

Underground Installation f. NEMA, TC10, 1983 PVC and ABS Plastic Communications Duct and Fittings for

Underground Installation 3. The following American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards:

a. ANSI-C80.2, 1983 Specification for Rigid Steel Conduit, Enameled. 4. The following U.L. Standards:

a. U.L. 6, 1981 Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit b. U.L. 651, 1981 Schedule 40 and 80 PVC Conduit

5. The following BICSI Standards: a. Outside Plant Design Reference Manual (OSPDRM)

Page 56: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 3

b. Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM) c. ANSI/NECA/BICSI 568-2006 Standard for Installing Commercial Building

Telecommunications Cabling 6. The following ANSI/EIA/TIA Standards:

a. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-B, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces

b. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A, Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure

c. ANSI J-STD-607-A, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications

d. ANSI/TIA/EIA-758-A, Customer Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Supplementary Conditions Specifications Sections.

1. Provide dated copy of Dig Alert permit prior to trenching. 2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer data for conduits, service boxes, pull boxes, sub duct, and

related materials. 3. Where multiple products are shown on one cut sheet, circle, bullet, and highlight specific products

to be used. 4. Drawings: Submit drawings for maintenance holes, hand holes, service boxes and pull boxes,

including accessories.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. The following conditions apply to excavation:

1. Secure Dig Alert permit prior to trenching. 2. Contractor is responsible for verifying subsurface conditions prior to excavation work. 3. Identify, maintain, and protect existing building services that cross the excavation area (must be

flagged by Contractor). 4. Protect utilities, sidewalks, structures, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by

settling, lateral movements, undermining, washouts, and other hazards created by excavation work.

5. Locate and verify existing underground utilities in excavation areas. If utilities are indicated to remain, support and protect services during excavation operations.

6. Sequence work to minimize any service downtime. A detailed sequence of events will be required prior to any work is performed.

Page 57: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Arnco Corp.

B. Cantex, Inc.

C. Certainteed Corp., Pipe & Plastics Group

D. Endot

E. Erico

F. Harger

G. Highline Products

H. Hubbell/Quazite

I. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electical Products

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION FILL

A. Designed Backfill

1. Sand: Clean, coarse, and free of organic matter, rocks and sharp stones.

B. For permanent cover in less than 24 inch below sub-grade use five sack concrete mix.

C. Ordinary Fill (CUT): Well-graded, screened, natural inorganic soil, meeting the following requirements:

1. Free of organic and other compressible materials, debris and frozen materials, and of stones larger than 2 in. maximum dimension.

2. Be of such nature and character that it can be compacted to the specified densities.

Page 58: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 5

3. Free of highly plastic clays, of materials subject to decay, decomposition, or dissolution, and of cinders, ash and other corrosive materials.

4. Maximum dry density of not less than 115 lbs. per cu. Ft.

D. Material from excavation on the site may be used as ordinary fill if it meets the above requirements.

E. Caution Tape: Place 6” metallic warning tape a minimum of 12” below grade, above all underground conduit and cable pathways.

2.4 DUCT BANKS

A. Duct banks must be composed of individual 4” diameter schedule 40 Non-Metallic Conduits.

B. Galvanized rigid steel conduit bends shall be used at all conduit angles 90 Degrees or sharper passing through concrete slab pours.

C. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit must be Schedule 40 or higher. All out of ground non-metallic risers shall be schedule 80.

D. Where duct banks penetrate foundation, footings or outside walls, rigid metallic conduits with expandable rubber shields and/or bituminous taping shall be used.

E. Seal all underground conduits after all cables are installed to prevent rodents, water or grass from entering the buildings.

F. Provide a 6” wide detectable warning marker tape centered above duct 12” below grade within trench line.

G. Install underground conduits a minimum of 12 inches from power or other foreign conduits.

H. All underground conduits shall be encased in concrete with a minimum of 3” thickness on top and bottom and 2” thickness on each side of conduit groups.

I. Provide duct plugs in all duct openings upon installation.

2.5 UNDERGROUND SERVICE BOXES

A. Service Boxes for telecommunications shall be Quazite Pre-cast Polymer Concrete 48”W x 48”L x 48”D ‘PG’ style assembly with no base. Reference: #PG4848BA48.

B. Service Box Cover for telecommunications entrance shall be heavy duty 2-piece Quazite Pre-cast Polymer Concrete, complete with four (4) ½-13 UNC stainless steel hex head bolts w/ washers. Lid shall be labeled as “Communications”. Reference: # PG4848HA00.

2.6 CONDUIT SPACERS

A. Conduit duct bank shall be encased in concrete with at least three (3) inches of concrete at the top and bottom and two (2) inches on each side.

Page 59: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 6

B. A horizontal and vertical separation between ducts of three (3) inches shall be maintained by installing Carlon high impact spacers with vertical and horizontal locking intervals of eight (8) ft.

2.7 INNERDUCT

A. Innerduct shall be composed of extruded, corrugated wall PVC tubing, 1-1/4” I.D. as manufactured by the following.

1. Endot Industries Enduct 166/11 with minimum 900 lb. pull tape. 2. Endot Industries Endocor 1250 with minimum 900 lb. pull tape.

2.8 ACCESSORIES

A. Grounding Materials: Comply with Division 27 Section - Grounding and Bonding for Communications

B. Duct-Sealing Compound: Non-hardening, safe for contact with human skin, not deleterious to cable insulation, and workable at temperatures as low as 35 deg F (2 deg C). Capable of withstanding temperature of 300 deg F (150 deg C) without slump and of adhering to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals.

C. Warning Tape: Underground-line warning tape specified in Division 27 Section – Identification for Communications Systems.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION

A. Preparatory Work

1. Contact SC 811 for tracking number assignment and utility notification. All utilities should be clearly marked prior to excavation.

B. Build lines to grade and elevations shown.

C. Provide stakes, flag markers, grade boards, cleats, nails, and instruments.

D. Locate and stake each new run for its entire length. Verify elevations given.

E. Start excavation at low point. Notify Engineer of elevation discrepancies. Protect marks and stations. Before excavating work, coordinate with Owner's Site Representative and other trades.

F. Furnish schedule of operations to Owner and each trade. Provide and maintain temporary bridges, walks and bridges over excavations where underground utility lines, sewers, water lines, etc., cross access roads, walks, and streets. Make necessary arrangement with authorities having jurisdiction.

G. Provide the services of a Licensed Surveyor for layout of the following:

Page 60: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 7

1. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with the installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting installation.

H. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

I. Protection

1. Provide bracing, shoring, sheathing and other work for: a. Protection of personnel, the contract work, excavations, trees, shrubs, existing structures,

and surrounding properties.

J. Slope sides of excavations to comply with OSHA, local codes and ordinances.

K. Provide, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flags, and lights to provide protection for work, workmen, public, and property. Plank walks, pavements, and curbs to be crossed by equipment.

L. Protect adjacent property, existing fences, trees, shrubs, roads, curbs, sidewalks, manholes, hydrants, and other items.

M. Restore, repair, rebuild or replace any such items damaged or destroyed to condition equal to that existing before such damage occurred.

N. Establish conditions, before starting work, by taking photographs to determine state to which existing conditions must be restored. Submit an electronic copy via E-mail to the Technology Consultant and CCU ITS.

O. Existing Utilities: Every attempt has been made to indicate existing utilities as accurately as possible from existing drawings, surveys, SC 811, and other data sources. Report immediately when other utility lines are encountered, but not shown on the drawings. Notify the Technology Consultant and CCU ITS where same exists, before starting work. Verify exact location of existing utility lines where work crosses existing utilities and where connections are to be made by pot holing before starting work. Notify private utility companies, municipalities, owner organizations, and other involved jurisdictions when excavation occurs within vicinity of existing underground service such as sewers, water, electric, gas, telephone, including such services owned by Owner. If existing service lines, utilities and utility structures which are to remain in service are uncovered or encountered during this excavation, they shall be protected from damage, and securely supported as directed and approved by the involved jurisdiction. Comply with South Carolina law with regard to work in vicinity of combustible gas piping. Immediately report damage or injury to utility lines to College Representative and involved jurisdiction. Remove plug or cap inactive or abandoned utilities encountered during construction operations. The location of such utilities shall be noted on the record drawings. Verify "inactivity" of services with involved jurisdiction before start of work.

P. Cutting and Patching: Before starting work, obtain necessary permits and pay fees and charges for the same. Cut paved areas as called for, perpendicular to surface and in straight saw-cut lines. Replace pavements, roadways, streets, blacktop areas, walks, disturbed by excavating operations with materials equal to adjacent pavements.

Q. Methods

Page 61: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 8

1. Provide for buried work in contract both inside and outside of building. Excavate to proper depth and width for installation work as called for. Remove materials including masonry work, rubble, earth, brickwork, concrete, sand, debris, abandoned pipe lines, drains and sewers, rocks, boulders, and concrete, all of which is considered "earth excavation." Provide for legal disposition of excess excavated materials. Make allowance for gravel fill, sand bases, form work, floor slabs, manholes, anchor and thrust blocks, sheet piping, drainage pumps, and work space. Start excavation at rough grade and provide form work and sheet piling where required.

R. Trench excavation

1. Open cut to proper depth and grade no wider than required for placement of work and not more than 100 ft. in advance of utility being installed.

2. Should trench bottom be wet, unstable, and/or otherwise incapable of supporting the contract work, immediately report same to Owner' Representative. Should it be deemed unsuitable, excavate to depth as directed and back fill with gravel to trench depth, or provide concrete cradling.

3. Should rock be encountered, excavate 6 in. deeper and fill space between trench bottom and pipe with coarse sand, well tamped to form firm bed.

S. Shoring, bracing, sheathing

1. In addition to governing codes, protect sides of excavations with sheeting and bracing where necessary to prevent sliding or caving of banks and to protect adjacent structures. Remove as back fill is placed.

2. Provide at locations adjacent to existing manholes, hydrants, and similar items.

T. General excavation

1. All buried work shall include, but not be limited to, piping, tanks, duct banks, conduits, footings, manholes, anchors, concrete pads, thrust blocks, fixture bases, and other work in contract.

U. Backfill 1. Piping, jackets and sand bed must be inspected and tested prior to backfill of any nature. Provide

all necessary anchors, thrust blocks, shoring and access in preparation for testing. 2. Fill remainder of trench with clean cut, in 12inch lifts using ordinary fill material (maximum minus

1” rock debris), except as otherwise specified. Do not use frozen material. Remove boulders, stones, broken rock, wood, bricks, blocks, and organic material debris from fill material before backfill operation.

3. Under roadways, manholes, drives, parking areas, walks, slabs, on grade and at utility entrance to building provide backfill in 6 in. layers with gravel or crushed stone, free from organic or other unsuitable material, to grade. Thoroughly compact each layer.

4. Compaction for dirt (cut) and/or fill imported must not be less than 95% density compared to maximum laboratory tests by weight, per modified ASTM D1557-64T for roadways, driveways and other paved areas. Non-traffic areas must not be less than 85% density. Submit an independent approved soil-testing laboratory must confirm certified results of compaction tests.

V. Removal of water

1. Provide pumps, hoses, pipe, labor and fuel, necessary to keep excavations free of water accumulation.

Page 62: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 9

2. Maintain and operate equipment. 3. Discharge water is not to interfere with other trade's work nor cause undermining or disturbance of

existing adjacent structures or land. 4. Grade to prevent surface water from flowing into all excavations and trenches. 5. Do not discharge dirt, backfill, debris, into sanitary or storm drainage systems. A fabric barrier is

required for soil containment at all storm drains.

W. Rock Excavation

1. Rock Excavation defined as: a. Ledge rock requiring blasting or air hammer for removal. b. Boulders in excess of 1-1/2 cubic yards in size. Demonstrate that material in question

cannot be removed with a 1-1/2 yd. backhoe or shovel. 2. Procedure: Should rock be encountered, remove procedure to be approved by the Owners

representative. 3. Measurement of rock excavation will be taken 1 ft. wider than the duct bank, maintenance hole,

pipe or conduit being installed.

X. Job completion

1. On completion of the work, clean the entire site, remove surplus earth, large stones and debris, to off-site legal disposal. Remove tools and equipment and leave the entire area in a neat condition.

2. Rough in sub-grade to 6 in. below finished grade. Scarify subsoil to depth of 2 In. to achieve bond between topsoil and native subsoil.

3. Repave, re-seed and completely restore the area to the condition prior to the start of excavation and trenching work.

Y. CCU ITS must review and approve any and all changes to the scope of restoration prior to final signoff. It is the CCU ITS’ expectation that all landscaping will be restored to original form prior to project implementation unless otherwise stated.

3.2 DUCT BANKS

A. Where duct banks enter manholes they shall be centered as nearly as possible to the center between roof and floor and end walls.

B. Fill conduit knock outs in manholes, vaults, and pull boxes, from the bottom up.

C. All ducts shall be encased in 3” of concrete.

D. The minimum depth of trench should allow 30” of cover from the top of the conduit to final grade.

1. Bend radius minimums are as follows:

Rigid Bends for 100 mm (4 in) Individual Conduit Angle (Degrees) Radius Length

7 4.6 m (15 ft) 0.71 m (2.33 ft) 30 4.6 m (15 ft) 2.54 m (8.33 ft) 30 3.7 m (12 ft) 2.06 m (6.75 ft)

Page 63: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270543 - 10

45 2.7 m (9 ft) 2.31 m (7.58 ft) 45 0.9 m (3 ft) 0.86 m (2.83 ft) 90 0.9 m (3 ft) 1.60 m (5.25 ft)

NOTES: All other conduit sizes shall maintain a minimum bend radius of at least 10 times the diameter of the conduit.

E. Telecommunications conduit should maintain 12” of separation from any power conduit.

F. Where possible, the trench walls shall act as forms for concrete encasement. Provide wood forms where soil conditions require it.

G. Securely tie raceways in place to prevent floating.

H. All conduit must be tested by the construction Contractor using a mandrel ¼" smaller than bore of conduits. CCU ITS must be allowed the option of being present during conduit mandrel operation.

I. Provide metallic elbows where conduits rise out of the ground.

J. Seal all conduits watertight prior to pour.

K. Provide bushings on steel conduit and bell ends on PVC conduit entering and exiting in-ground boxes on conduit terminations.

L. Provide a 6” wide metallic warning marker tape above duct 12” below grade.

M. Duct banks shall be constructed as follows:

1. Conduit duct banks must be suspended 4 inches off the bottom of the trench line with plastic spacers designed for outside plant conduits, placed at regular intervals of 8 ft.

2. In order to prevent floating during the encapsulation process, horizontally placed #5 rebar pieces should be driven into the sides of the trench, perpendicular to the wall to restrain the pipe.

N. All conduits must be uniformly spaced throughout the entire construction run.

END OF SECTION 27054

Page 64: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270553 - 1

SECTION 270553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

H. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

Page 65: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270553 - 2

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for identification of components including but not limited to the following: 1. Identification labeling for cables and conductors 2. Operational or instructional signs 3. Equipment labels and signs

B. Refer to project drawings and other Division 27 sections for additional specific identification associated with specific items.

C. Comply with the EIA/TIA Standard 606, “The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure”.

D. The Contractor shall submit, for approval by the Technology Consultant and Owner, a labeling system for the cable installation. The Owner will coordinate the exact verbiage of the labeling scheme with the successful contractor. At a minimum, the labeling system shall clearly identify all components of the system: racks, cabinets, ground bars, cables, panels and outlets. The labeling system shall designate the cables origin and destination and a unique identifier for the cable within the system. Racks and patch panels shall be labeled to identify the location within the cable system infrastructure. All labeling information shall be recorded on the as-built drawings and all test documents shall reflect the appropriate labeling scheme.

E. The CCU ITS labeling scheme is as follows: 1. Data closet room number 2. Rack number 3. Patch panel (start with “A”) 4. Port number

F. All label printing shall be machine generated using indelible ink ribbons or cartridges. Self-laminating labels shall be used on cable jackets, appropriately sized to the OD of the cable, and placed within view at the termination point on each end. Outlet, patch panel and wiring block labels shall be installed on, or in, the space provided on the device.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 27 01 10 Operation and Maintenance of Structured Cabling and Enclosures. 1. Manufacturer’s data for each type of product specified. 2. Schedule of identification and nomenclature to be used for identification signs and labels. 3. Samples of each color, lettering style and other graphic representation required for identification

materials. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE

Page 66: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270553 - 3

B. All work shall be in accordance with the general principles outlined in the BICSI TDMM manual latest edition and with the TIA-526, TIA-568-B.2-1 and TIA-606-A Standards.

C. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standard 969, “Marking and Labeling Systems”, with regard to type and size of lettering for raceways and cable labels.

D. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Standards WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to identification of power and control conductors.

E. Major items of equipment shall have manufacturer’s name, address and catalog number on the plate securely attached in a convenient place.

1.4 NUMBERING AND LABELING SCHEME

A. Faceplate Numbering 1. Jacks are labeled starting at the top left of the faceplate and working down to the bottom from left

to right. 2. All work areas shall be identified with a label installed on the faceplate indicating the 3-digit room

number of the data closet they connect to, followed by a colon, followed by the rack number, followed by the patch panel letter and ending with the jack position (1-48).

3. Labeling techniques: The label shall be black letters on white background. Labels must be produced by label-making equipment. The blank white label tags that are included in the faceplate hardware are to be installed with clear plastic shields in all positions on the faceplate.

B. Cable Labeling shall conform to the following: 1. Each horizontal station cable shall be labeled on each end with the outlet identifier code of the

outlet it serves. 2. The identifier shall be marked directly on the cable or the labels affixed to the cable. 3. Horizontal and backbone cables shall be labeled at each end. 4. Labels shall be placed at strategic locations such as conduit ends, backbone splice points,

maintenance holes, service boxes, and pull boxes. 5. Labels shall identify spliced cables where differing conductor counts exist. 6. Cable of different conductor counts shall be administered as separate cables. 7. Splice segments shall be labeled with a single cable identifier, provided the largest pair count cable

is labeled from end-to-end and indicated as such on the cable labels.

C. Optical Fiber Panels 1. Numbering scheme- optical fiber cables and terminations shall be numbered and labeled per

current EIA/TIA Standards. The numbering scheme denotes the cable function (campus backbone, building entrance, or intrabuilding), sheath number, and buffer tube number.

2. Labeling techniques: A label shall be installed onto the outside of the front face of the connector housing to read, “Horizontal Optical Fiber Cables to Outlets” or “Entrance/Riser Optical Fiber Cables” as appropriate. Labels must be produced by label-making equipment. Handwritten labels are not permitted.

D. Equipment racks:

Page 67: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270553 - 4

1. Numbering scheme: Each rack is numbered sequentially denoting the following information: building name, MDF/IDF room number, and rack number. There is no correspondence between the rack equipment configuration (type) and the rack number.

2. Labeling techniques: Two labels shall be installed onto the front face of each equipment rack, one at the bottom of the rack, and one at the top. All labels shall be black letters on white background. Provide engraved stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS L-P-387, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver’s standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, black face and white core plies (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening.

E. General 1. All labels shall be machine printed. Handwritten labels shall not be accepted. 2. If at any time during the project, a name plate or label becomes illegible, or is removed from the

item it identifies, the installer shall immediately replace it with a duplicate label. 3. Labels shall be smear-proof, permanent, self-adhesive. 4. Size as required for each item labeled. 5. Labels shall be installed so that they are easily located by the CCU ITS support staff.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TECHNOLOGY IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS

A. Cable/Conductor Identification bands: 1. Provide Manufacturer’s standard wrap-around cable/conductor markers, of size required for

proper application, and numbered to show circuit identification.

B. Equipment Labels 1. General: Provide engraved stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS L-P-387, in sizes

and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver’s standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, black face and white core plies (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening.

2. Thickness: 1/16”, for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8” length; 1/8” for larger units.

C. Lettering and Graphics 1. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in technology identification

work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of the technology systems and equipment.

2. Fasteners for Plastic-Laminated Signs shall be self-tapping stainless steel screws or number 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts and lock washers.

3. Exception: Where specifically approved contact type permanent adhesive may be used where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate.

Page 68: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270553 - 5

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer’s standard products of categories and types required for each application.

B. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors and other designations used in technology identification work with corresponding designations specified or indicated. Install numbers, lettering, and colors as approved in submittals and as required by standards.

C. Install identification devices as indicated, in accordance with manufacturers written instructions.

D. Sequence of work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of finish work.

3.2 CABLE/CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION

A. Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable/conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present. Match identification with marking system used on shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project’s technology work.

3.3 OPERATIONAL SIGNS

A. Provide instructional signs with approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation.

3.4 OUTLET IDENTIFICATION

A. Label each voice and data outlet with the proper designation and provide appropriate icon.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. Provide equipment identification labels of engraved plastic-laminate on all equipment racks and on major units of technology equipment in buildings. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, with ½-inch high lettering on 1-½-inch high label (2-inch high where two lines are required), white lettering in black filed. Text shall match terminology and numbering of the Contract Documents and shop drawings. 1. Provide labels at locations indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without

interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

END OF SECTION 270553

Page 69: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS ENTRANCE PROTECTION 271113 - 1

SECTION 271113 - COMMUNICATIONS ENTRANCE PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

Page 70: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS ENTRANCE PROTECTION 271113 - 2

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 27 00 00 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. All OSP cables entering any building shall be properly protected and bonded to ground at both ends of the circuit.

B. Contractors shall furnish and install BET (Building Entrance Terminals), primary protection modules of the type and manufacturer specified herein

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 27 00 00 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMNS AND ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 27 00 00 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 27 00 00 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Bill of Materials

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Circa Enterprises

B. CommScope Carrier Solutions

C. Emerson Network Power

Page 71: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS ENTRANCE PROTECTION 271113 - 3

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 BUILDING ENTRANCE TERMINALS

A. Multi-pair indoor protector panel shall be constructed of metal housing with fire resistant plastic connecting block containing mountings for twenty-five (25), Fifity (50), and one-hundred (100) protector modules.

B. Protector panel shall include 110-style block for input, 110-style block for output, and two (2) connectors for external ground, min.

C. Panels shall include dust cover and cable pass-through capability for side-by-side and top-to-bottom installation.

D. Reference: CommScope Carrier Solutions #489ACA1-025, 489ACA1-050, 489ACA1-100. Equal by Emerson Network Power or Circa Enterprises.

2.4 BUILDING ENTRANCE PROTECTOR MODULES

A. Gas tube 5-pin plug-in protector modules shall be furnished to completely populate protector panels.

B. Modules shall be black in color.

C. Reference: CommScope Carrier Solutions #4B1E. Equal by Emerson Network Power or Circa Enterprises.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

A. All components shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 72: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS ENTRANCE PROTECTION 271113 - 4

3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION

A. Ground all panels using solid 6AWG green insulated conductors direct to TMGB.

B. Configuration, where multiple BETs are implemented, shall be such that interconnecting grounding conductors are routed as straight as possible and directly attached to the TMGB.

C. Contractors shall not inter-connect BETs with horseshoe-shaped conductors.

D. Ground protectors to cable bonding clamps.

END OF SECTION 27113

Page 73: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES 271116 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271116 - COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 74: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES 271116 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.4 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The predominant type of rack to be furnished and installed in support of CCU information transport systems. 1. Two-Post Equipment Rack, Single Upright, Two-Post Open Frame Universal “Relay Rack” Style 2. Four-Post Equipment Rack.

B. Open frame equipment racks, 19 inches wide x 84 inches high, shall be furnished and installed such that rear access is available for installation and maintenance. Racks shall be bolted to the floor. The tops of the racks shall be securely braced to rigid Cable Runway and bracketed to the wall. All hardware shall be provided for protection within seismic zones, where applicable.

C. Occasionally, under specific direction of CCU ITS, racks may be wall mounted as well as floor supported. Use of wall/floor racks must be approved in writing and in each instance. Refer to criteria contained herein.

D. Contractors shall observe minimum clearance requirements as follows, unless otherwise directed by CCU IT or the Technology Consultant.

E. Racks shall be mounted to allow a minimum of 36" access space in both front and rear. 1. The sides of a rack or group of racks situated against a wall shall have a minimum of 6" clearance

from rack to the adjacent wall, with 12” preferred where BDF or IDF space allows. Clearance for the access “walk around” end shall be 24” at minimum.

F. Cabinets may be used occasionally for special purpose installations such as server systems, A/V systems, and CATV headend equipment. In each instance, cabinets shall be specified as part of the system

Page 75: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES 271116 - 3

requirements contained within each individual systems specification (provided by others). In all cases, cabinets shall be installed according to practices contained within Section 27 11 16.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval.

B. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Bill of Materials

1.8 MATERIALS FOR USE BY OWNER

A. Furnish materials to CCU ITS as described below: 1. All rack screws in excess of those required to install panels and devices shown in Project Drawings.

Refer to Part 2 Products. 2. All panels in excess of those required to install panels and devices shown in Project Drawings.

Refer to Part 2 Products.

B. Throughout installation, materials shall be securely stored at the project site. When called for by the Owner, materials shall be delivered by the Contractor who shall obtain a signature of acceptance and delivery from CCU ITS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. TE (Tyco) Connectivity

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

Page 76: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES 271116 - 4

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 OPEN FRAME EQUIPMENT RACKS – SINGLE UPRIGHT, 2-POST

A. Racks shall be manufactured from aluminum and/or steel extrusions.

B. Each rack shall have two (2) L-shaped top angles, two (2) L-shaped base angles and two (2) C-shaped equipment-mounting channels. The rack shall assemble with bolt hardware. Equipment-mounting channels shall be threaded for easy assembly. The base angles shall be pre-punched for attachment to the floor.

C. Equipment mounting channels shall be 3” deep and punched on the front and rear flange with the EIA-310-E Universal hole pattern to provide forty-five (45) rack-mount spaces for equipment. Each mounting space shall be marked and numbered on the mounting channel.

D. When assembled with top and bottom angles, equipment-mounting channels shall be spaced to allow attachment of 19” EIA rack-mount equipment. Attachment points shall be threaded with 12-24 roll-formed threads. The rack shall include assembly and equipment-mounting hardware. Each rack shall include fifty (50) each combination pan head, pilot point mounting screws.

E. The assembled rack shall measure 7’ (84”) high x 20.3” wide x 15” deep. The sides (webs) of the equipment-mounting channels shall be punched to allow attachment of vertical cable managers along the sides of the rack or for rack-to-rack baying.

F. The rack shall be rated for 1,500 lb. of equipment.

G. The rack shall be UL Listed.

H. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat, black in color.

I. Furnish and install all necessary hardware for mounting equipment racks. Racks shall be securely mounted at both top and bottom. If this is not possible for any reason, CCU ITS shall be notified immediately.

J. Furnish and install all necessary hardware for mounting, grounding, and bonding of equipment in equipment racks as per the Structured Ground System. Refer to Section 27 05 00 – Common Work Results for Communications.

K. Reference: TE Connectivity #1933559-1

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Page 77: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES 271116 - 5

3.1 GENERAL

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

A. Open Frame Equipment Racks – Single Upright, 2-Post 1. Assemble racks according to manufacturer’s instructions. Verify that equipment mounting rails are

sized properly for rack-mount equipment before attaching the rack to the floor. 2. All racks shall be attached to the floor in four places using appropriate floor mounting anchors.

When placed over a raised floor, threaded rods should pass through the raised floor tile and be secured in the structural floor below.

3. All Racks shall be individually (home-run) grounded to the TGB using appropriate hardware provided by the electrical contractor. The ground shall meet local code requirements and shall be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to Section 27 05 00 – Common Work Results for Communications.

4. Racks shall have additional bracing as required for by building codes and the recommendations of a licensed structural Engineer for seismic.

5. Cable Runway shall be attached to the top of the rack to deliver cables to the rack. The rack should not be drilled to attach Cable Runway. Use appropriate hardware from the Cable Runway manufacturer. Refer to Section 27 11 23 – Communications Cable Management & Cable Runway.

6. Communications Cable Management shall be attached to the sides of the rack to deliver cables to the rack. The rack should not be drilled to attach cable management. Use appropriate hardware from the cable management manufacturer. Refer to Section 27 11 23 – Communications Cable Management & Cable Runway. Cable management shall be installed on both sides of the rack. Use TE part #1933534-1.

7. Horizontal cable managers shall be TE part #1933567-1 and shall be installed between every four patch panels.

8. The equipment load should be evenly distributed and uniform on the rack. Place large and heavy equipment towards the bottom of the rack. Secure all equipment to the rack with equipment mounting screws.

B. Structured Grounding System – Refer to Section 27 05 00 Common Work Results for Communications 1. Structured grounding system shall provide a low resistance, verifiable, dedicated path to a locally

provided TGB for purposes of maintaining performance, protection, and network reliability. 2. All communications spaces including, but not limited to, BDF, IDF, SE shall require a structured

grounding system to which all communications rack, cabinet, Cable Runway, wall frame, and equipment grounding shall be terminated.

3. Furnish and install equipment including, but not limited to: a. Copper Compression HTAP(s) b. Copper Compression Two-Hole Lugs c. Rack-Mounted Grounding Strips(s) d. Cabinet-mounted Front-to-Rail Jumper(s)

Page 78: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES 271116 - 6

e. Paint-piercing Bonding Screws and Studs f. Paint-piercing Grounding Washers g. ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Studs and Static Wrist Straps (on per rack or cabinet).

C. Conductors 1. Within each communications space BDF, IDF, SE, and any other information transport systems

distribution space, the Contractor shall furnish and install an individual home-run of green insulated stranded 6AWG copper ground wire directly from the TGB or TMGB to each and every assembly as follows: a. Rack or Cabinet b. Cable Runway Assembly c. BET (Building Entrance Terminal) d. Wall and Rack Mounted Frame e. CCU IT furnished Network Electronics Unit f. Shielded Patch Panel g. Primary Protector h. Secondary Protector

2. Route conductors on short direct paths that have minimum resistive and inductive impedance as follows: a. Bonding conductors shall be routed with minimum bends or changes in direction b. Bonding connections shall be made directly to the points being bonded. c. Do not bend the grounding conductor wires into tight angles. Changes in direction shall be

of the widest radius possible. d. Unnecessary connections or splices in bonding conductors shall be avoided. When

absolutely necessary, use an approved connection and position it in an accessible location.

3. All open frame rack assemblies and cabinets shall require vertical rack grounding strips (RGS). Strips shall be mounted on the back side of the vertical rack rails for two-post assemblies and on the back side of the front post for four-post assemblies. These mounting arrangements apply both to racks based on UTP and F/UTP cabling. Contractor shall confirm details with CCU IT prior to proceeding with the installation.

END OF SECTION 271116

Page 79: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 271119 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271119 - COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 80: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 271119 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes: 1. Panels for Backbone Cabling Systems 2. Panels for Horizontal Cabling Systems 3. Termination Blocks for Voice BDF (Building Distribution Frames)

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Page 81: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 271119 - 3

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. TE Connectivity / Amp NetConnect

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 PATCH PANELS FOR COPPER BACKBONE/RISER CABLING

A. For BDF, IDF, and other information transport distribution spaces: 1. Provide High Density 48-Port Category 6 UTP Patch Panels with insulation displacement

connecting blocks for termination of all voice riser cabling. Insulation displacement connecting blocks may be based on linear 110 style fixed-port configurations.

2. Patch Panels shall contain 8-position RJ-45 UTP ports that meet or exceed transmission performance of Category 6 for the horizontal channel.

B. All panels and ports shall be black in color.

C. Reference: TE Connectivity part #1499601-2

2.4 DISTRIBUTION PANELS FOR OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING

A. Optical Fiber Distribution Panels shall be rack mount enclosures with front and rear removable doors, removable top, large front-mounted fiber guides, and integrated hinged optical jumper manager. “144-Port” panels shall accept up to twelve (12) connector panels, supporting a maximum of one-hundred forty-four (144) “SC” style couplings in 4U rack space. “24-Port” panels shall accept up to two (2) connector panels, supporting a maximum of twenty-four (24) “SC” style couplings in 1U rack space.

B. Each panel shall include a full complement of blank adapter panels, labels, cable storage accessories, and optical fiber cable routing accessory kit.

C. Optical Fiber Distribution Panels shall include duplex “SC” style coupler panels and connectors as required for the complement of multimode optical fiber elements and duplex “SC” style coupler panels and connectors as required for the complement of single mode optical fiber elements, indicated on Project Drawings.

D. Multimode Connector Panels shall be color coded according to the optical fiber type for which they are applied. Laser-optimized 50/125μm multimode shall be aqua.

Page 82: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 271119 - 4

E. Single Mode Connector Panels shall be color coded according to the optical fiber type for which they are applied. 8.3/125μm single mode shall be blue.

F. Reference: “144-Port” (4U) Optical Fiber Distribution Panel shall be TE Connectivity part #RMG-4000-000B

G. Reference: “24-Port” (1U) Optical Fiber Distribution Panel shall be TE Connectivity part #RMG-1000-000B

2.5 PATCH PANELS FOR COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING

A. BDF, IDF, and other information transport distribution spaces: 1. Provide High Density 48-Port Category 6 UTP Patch Panels with insulation displacement

connecting blocks for termination of all horizontal channels. Insulation displacement connecting blocks may be based linear 110 style fixed-port configurations.

2. Patch Panels shall contain 8-position RJ-45 UTP ports that meet or exceed transmission performance of Category 6 for the horizontal channel.

3. Patch Panels shall terminate four (4) pairs of Category 6 UTP horizontal cabling per jack.

B. All ports installed for Category 6 UTP shall be black in color.

C. Reference: TE Connectivity part #1499600-2

2.6 TERMINATION BLOCKS FOR COPPER BACKBONE/RISER CABLING

A. Termination blocks shall be 110-style, wall mounted with legs in increments of 50-, 100-, or 300-pair per unit, including both the wiring block and connecting blocks for field termination.

B. Blocks shall meeting Category 6 specifications as verified by an independent testing laboratory, at minimum and shall support termination of 22-24AWG solid conductors.

C. Blocks shall contain color-coded tips on the base wiring block and well as on the connector blocks and shall incorporate back openings for cable feed-through.

D. Termination blocks shall be used at the voice backbone cabling origination point within the BDF and at an intermediate point within the IDF as shown in the Project Drawings. Opposite end of cables shall terminate on rack mounted patch panels as described in “PATCH PANELS FOR COPPER BACKBONE/RISER CABLING”.

E. Furnish and install wall-mounted backboard channels in 300- and 900-pair capacities.

F. Furnish and install wall-mounted vertical trough with all blocks in single and dual column 300- and 900-pair capacities.

G. Reference: TE Connectivity 569400 series.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Page 83: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS 271119 - 5

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All Patch Panels and Distribution Panels shall be securely mounted in the rack with a minimum of four (4) rack screws located in the four corners of each panel.

B. All Panels shall be arranged in sequential order from top to bottom and left to right within racks and shall be labeled in alphanumeric order according to the CCU-approved labeling scheme.

C. Panels for shielded cabling, where applicable, shall be bonded and grounded to rack frames within which they are installed and terminated directly to the TGB (Telecommunications Grounding Busbar) within each IDF (or BDF) space.

END OF SECTION 271119

Page 84: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271123 - COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 85: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.4 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The predominant type of open frame to be furnished and installed in support of CCU information transport systems. 1. Two-Post Equipment Rack 2. Four-Post Equipment Rack

B. Open frame equipment racks, 19 inches wide x 84 inches high, shall be furnished and installed such that rear access is available for installation and maintenance. Racks shall be bolted to the floor. The tops of the racks shall be securely braced to rigid Cable Runway and bracketed to the wall. All hardware shall be provided for protection within seismic zones, where applicable.

C. Occasionally, under specific direction of CCU ITS, racks may be wall mounted as well as floor supported. Use of wall/floor racks must be approved in writing and in each instance. Refer to criteria contained herein.

D. Contractors shall observe minimum clearance requirements as follows, unless otherwise directed by CCU ITS.

E. Racks shall be mounted to allow a minimum of 36" access space in both front and rear. 1. The sides of a rack or group of racks situated against a wall shall have a minimum of 6" clearance

from rack to the adjacent wall, with 12” preferred where IDF space allows. Clearance for the access “walk around” end shall be 24” at minimum.

F. Vertical Cable Management sections, 84”H, shall be bolted-in between all Open Frame Racks. Width of Vertical Cable Management sections shall be as indicated on Project Drawings.

Page 86: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 3

G. The work covered under this section consists of furnishing all necessary coordination, labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services required to install complete Cable Runway systems within all BDF and IDF spaces, as indicated within project Drawings.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval.

B. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Bill of Materials

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. TE (Tyco) Connectivity

B. Hoffman Enclosures, Inc.

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

Page 87: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 4

2.3 CABLE MANAGEMENT

A. Vertical Cable Management for Racks/Frames 1. Every Rack/Frame shall have a minimum of two Vertical Cable Manager furnished and installed

between racks and one at the end of multiple rack line-ups. The Vertical Cable Manager shall create a space for storing and organizing cables along the side of each Rack/Frame.

2. Vertical Cable Manager width shall be sized as indicated on Project Drawings. 3. Vertical Cable Manager shall match the height of the Rack/Frame to which it shall be attached. 4. Vertical Cable Manager shall bolt to the side of Racks/Frames using factory-provided hardware and

mounting provisions. The manufacturer of the Vertical Cable Manager shall be by the same manufacturer as the Racks/Frames. Refer to Section 17 11 16 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, & Enclosures.

5. The Vertical Cable Manager shall be a single-sided C-shaped trough or a double-sided H-shaped trough with latches on the front and rear sides. The front and rear metal edges in between the latches shall be covered by plastic edge protectors to protect cables. The double-sided trough shall provide independent front and rear cable pathways and shall have multiple evenly-spaced edge-protected front-to-rear cable pass-through holes for cables in the center divider.

6. Units shall be delivered individually boxed, and available in several widths as specified below and in the contract documents.

7. The Vertical Cable Manager shall be manufactured from sheet aluminum and plastic materials. 8. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat paint, black in color. Edge-protectors and latch

hardware shall be black in color. 9. Reference: TE Connectivity part #1933534-1.

B. Horizontal Cable Management for Racks/Frames 1. Furnish and install Horizontal Cable Storage Managers 19” W x 3” H (2RU) where specifically

indicated on Project Drawings. 2. The Horizontal Cable Storage Manager shall be of the deep pocket style with finger duct

management. 3. Manager shall be black in color. 4. Manager shall include forty-eight (48) Fluke-certified Category 6 patch cables, blue in color. 5. Reference: TE Connectivity part #1933567-1.

2.4 CABLE RUNWAY AND ACCESSORIES

A. Cable Runway shall be manufactured from 3/8” wide by 1-1/2” high tubular steel with .065” wall thickness.

B. Cable Runway (side stringers) shall be 9’-11½ “ long. Cross members shall be welded in between stringers on 12” centers beginning 5-3/4” from one end so that there are 10 cross members per Cable Runway. There shall be 10-1/2” of open space in between each cross member.

C. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat (paint) black in color.

D. Furnish and install 6 inch width, 12 inch width, and 18 inch width ladder style cable runway sections in each BDF, IDF, and information transport systems space as indicated on Project Drawings. Cable Runway shall be securely mounted to top of equipment racks using all necessary hardware as shown in Project Drawings.

Page 88: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 5

E. Cable Runway shall be black in color. Include J-Bolts and associated mounting hardware. Reference: Hoffman LSS Series.

F. Cable Runway Radius Drops shall be mounted to stringer and cross members using clevis pins, where cabling must turn down into tops of vertical cable managers. Drops shall be black in color. Reference: Hoffman LRD Series.

G. Channel Mounting Plates shall be 3”. Plates shall be black in color. Include associated mounting hardware. Reference: Hoffman LRRMP Series.

H. Wall Mounting Angles shall be black in color. Include J-Bolts and associated mounting hardware. Reference: Hoffman LWASK Series.

I. Vertical Wall Brackets Reference: Hoffman LVWBB.

J. Cable Runway Foot Reference: Hoffman LFKB.

K. Butt Splice Kits. Reference: Hoffman LBSKB.

L. Triangular Support Brackets shall be black in color. Reference: Hoffman LTSB Series.

M. Runway/Enclosure Junction Kits shall be black in color. Reference: Hoffman LJSK Series.

N. Cable Runway Elevation Kit shall be used to transition between racks of unequal heights. Kits shall be black in color. Reference: Hoffman LEK Series.

O. Cable Retaining Posts shall be installed to create a cable trough effect using ladder style tray. Posts shall be black in color. Reference: Hoffman LRPB

P. Cable Runway Pathway Dividers shall be installed to separately route backbone cabling away from horizontal cabling bundles where entering the BDF or IDF and routed to destination racks(s). Reference: Hoffman LCRDSK.

Q. Protective End Caps shall be black in color. Reference: Hoffman LRTK Series.

R. Furnish and install all hardware as required to form a complete system, whether or not specifically listed herein. Examples of required miscellaneous hardware include, but are not limited to threaded rod, threaded rod cover, beam clamps, lock nuts, runway and ceiling support brackets, slip-on support brackets, vertical wall brackets, etc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and

Page 89: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 6

discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

A. VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT 1. Vertical Cable Managers shall be attached to the side of the Rack/Frame using the manufacturer’s

installation instructions and included hardware. No holes shall be drilled in Racks/Frames in order to install mismatched managers.

2. When a single Vertical Cable Manager is used in between two Racks/Frames, attach the Vertical Cable Manager to both Racks/Frames.

3. When more than one (1) Vertical Cable Manager is used on a Rack/Frame or group of Racks/Frames, use the same make, style and size of Vertical Cable Manager on the Rack/Frame or in between Racks/Frames.

4. The color of the Racks/Frames and Vertical Cable Managers shall match.

B. HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT 1. All Managers shall be securely mounted in the rack with a minimum of four (4) rack screws located

in the four corners of each panel.

C. CABLE RUNWAY 1. Cable Runway shall be installed with side stringers facing down so that the ladder forms an inverted

U-shape and so that welds between the stringers (sides) and cross members (middle) face away from cables.

2. Cable Runway shall be supported every 5 feet on center with 5/8 inch diameter threaded rod, or applicable support brackets or racks. Exposed portion of threaded rod shall be protected with tubular cover throughout the portion of the rod exposed to cabling within the maximum fill area.

3. Cable Runway shall be secured to the structural ceiling, building truss system, wall, floor or the tops of equipment racks and/or cabinets using the manufacturer’s recommended supports and appropriate installation hardware and methods as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).

4. Cable Runway splices shall be made in mid-span, not over a support, using the manufacturer’s recommended splice hardware.

5. Cable Runway shall be supported every 5’ or less in accordance with TIA-569-B. Cable Runway shall be supported within 2’ of every splice and within 2’ on both/all sides of every intersection. Support Cable Runway within 2’ on both sides of every change in elevation. Support Cable Runway every 2’ when attached vertically to a wall.

6. Heavy-duty splices are recommended for Cable Runway in excess of 18” width (18” wide Cable Runway). Heavy-duty splices are required for any splice formed in the vertical orientation including changes in elevation formed using vertical-to-horizontal 90° turns or horizontal-to-vertical 90° turns. Use heavy-duty splices to secure all overhead turns to the overhead horizontal pathway(s).

7. When the pathway is overhead, Cable Runway shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12” above the Cable Runway. Leave a minimum of 12” in between Cable Runway and ceiling/building truss structure. Leave a minimum of 3” in between Cable Runway and the tops of equipment racks and/or cabinets. Multiple tiers of Cable Runway shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12” in between each tier of Cable Runway. When located above an acoustical drop ceiling, leave a

Page 90: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 7

minimum of 3” clearance between the top of the drop ceiling tiles and the bottom of the Cable Runway.

8. When installed under a raised floor, Cable Runway shall be installed with a minimum 3” clearance between the top of the Cable Runway and the bottom of the floor tiles or floor system stringers, whichever is lower in elevation. Maintain a 3” clearance between Cable Runways wherever Cable Runways cross.

9. Within each BDF and IDF, Cable Runway should be bonded together, electrically continuous, and bonded to the TMGB and TGB, unless otherwise specifically noted in the Project Drawings. Cable Runway and turns shall be bonded across each splice with a bonding kit. Cable Runway shall be bonded to the TMGB and TGB using an approved ground lug on the Cable Runway and a minimum #6 grounding wire or as recommended by the AHJ. Remove paint from the Cable Runway where bonding/ground lugs contact the Cable Runway so that the lug shall contact bare metal. Use antioxidant joint compound in between the bare metal on the Cable Runway and ground lug. Use antioxidant joint compound in between the bus bar and the ground lug. Verify continuity through the bonds at splices and intersections between individual Cable Runway sections and turns and through the bond to the TMGB and TGB.

10. The combined weight of cables within the Cable Runway shall not exceed the stated load capacity of the Cable Runway as stated in the manufacturer’s product specifications or load/design tables.

11. Straps shall not be required when Cable Runway is equipped with cable retaining posts. 12. Add 8” high cable retaining posts to the open sides of Cable Runway as indicated in Project

Drawings. Cable fill within any Cable Runway should not exceed 6” in height. 13. When a single Cable Runway supports different types of cable media, the cable media shall be

separated within the pathway by cable spools that attach to the cross members on the Cable Runway.

14. Use a radius drop to guide cables wherever cable exits overhead Cable Runway to access a rack, cabinet or wall-mounted rack, cabinet or termination field. Furnish and install a moveable cross member also to attach and align the radius drop in between the welded cross members of a Cable Runway.

15. Cover the exposed ends of cable runway that do not terminate against a wall, the floor or the ceiling with end caps or an end closing kit.

16. Use auxiliary support brackets that attach to the side stringer of the Cable Runway to support interconnect cabling (patch cords, equipment cords, jumper cords) that is routed between racks using the Cable Runway. Auxiliary support brackets can be used to support other conductors that should be physically separated from cables within the Cable Runway as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).

17. Whenever possible, maintain a 2’ separation between Cable Runway used for communications cables and pathways for other utilities or building services.

18. The installer shall furnish and apply touch-up paint color-matched to the finish on the Cable Runway and shall correct any minor cosmetic damage (chips, small scratches, etc.) resulting from normal handling during the installation process prior to delivery to the owner. If a component is cosmetically damaged to the extent that correction in the field is obvious against the factory finish, the component shall be replaced with a new component finished from the factory. If a component is physically damaged due to mishandling or modification during the installation process, it shall not be used as part of the Cable Runway system.

19. Install Cable Runway level and straight unless specifically notes on Project Drawings. 20. Furnish and install seismic protection products for all Cable Runway hardware assemblies. 21. Alternate spacing ladder arrangements shall be made for all Cable Runway runs above and parallel

to BDF and IDF rack rows so that space above entry point into vertical wire managers remains clear and precise alignment of cable runway radius drops can be assured.

Page 91: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY 271123 - 8

22. Ladder type runway shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of 135 lbs./ft. on a five foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both side rails and rung capacities.

END OF SECTION 271123

Page 92: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271313 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271313 - COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 93: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271313 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The copper backbone hierarchy employed by CCU ITS (Department of Information Technology Services) includes Interbuilding, Intrabuilding, and Service Provider cabling systems.

B. Interbuilding copper cabling systems, where applied, represent the primary copper riser/distribution system originating at the PBX Room or voice services “hub” serving the CCU Campus. The end destination of each interbuilding backbone link is a termination point within the BDF (Building Distribution Frame).

C. Intrabuilding copper cabling systems represent the primary copper riser/distribution system, originating within the BDF, that serve IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) facilities located on the same floors and those above or below.

D. Service Provider cabling systems are most often not-in-contract, but will require pathways that are furnished and installed by Division 26.

E. Refer to Project Drawings, “Technology Building Riser” for specific requirements of each building site.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

Page 94: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271313 - 3

1.7 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

B. Bill of Materials

C. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

D. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

E. Current Manufacturer Certifications

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. TE Connectivity / Amp NetConnect

B. Superior Essex

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner prior to bidding.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 COPPER BACKBONE CABLING - INTRABUILDING

A. Multi-pair copper backbone cables from the MC located in the BDF shall be home-run routed directly to the racks located in the IDF(s).

B. SP (Service Provider) Copper Backbone Cabling shall be Category 5 rated, multi-pair 24 AWG plenum-rated as required. Cabling shall consist of solid-copper conductors tested to meet Category 5 performance. Cabling shall be UL® tested and listed as CMP as required for the environment into which it is to be placed. The cable shall be available in 25, 50, and 100 pair increments.

C. Where pair capacity is not specified in Project Drawings, multi-pair cabling shall be sized to provide two (2) pairs per 4-pair TO (Telecommunications Outlet) to be installed.

Page 95: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271313 - 4

D. Cables shall be gray in color.

E. Reference: Superior Essex part #51-478-48

F. One 50-pair cable to connect from 110 block mounted to backboard over to 48 port patch panel mounted in rack

2.4 COPPER CAT6 UTP RISER CABLING – INTRABUILDING

2.5 UTP CABLE HARDWARE

2.6 COPPER BACKBONE CABLING – INTERBUILDING (OSP)

A. OSP Copper Backbone Cabling shall be RUS/REA PE89 design in conformance with ANSI ICEA 7CFR-1755.890, foam skin filled core, solid conductor multi-pair 24AWG.

B. Transition cabling from the SE splice to the termination panel shall be AR Series Riser cable (ARMM). OSP cable shall be available in 25, 50, and 100-pair increments.

C. Cable count shall be as shown on project backbone/riser drawings.

2.7 COPPER BACKBONE SPLICING - INTERBUILDING ONLY (OSP)

A. Modular IDC splicing system, available from 5- and 25-pair configurations, to splice 22 to 26 AWG conductors. Made of fire retardant plastic and available as either dry or filled for moisture protection.

B. Splice Case(s) for indoor splicing applications shall be non-filled, straight or butt-splice configurations, sized according to pair count requirements for the cabling configurations furnished and installed.

C. Splice Case(s) for outdoor splicing applications shall be gel-filled re-enterable configurations, sized according to pair count requirements for the cabling configurations furnished and installed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

Page 96: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271313 - 5

B. Unless otherwise noted, the footages for cabling and materials shown on the Project Drawings are based upon available plant records, architectural drawings, or the Engineer’s route and pathway assumptions. The Contractor shall be required to perform field surveys and measurements, prior to ordering materials.

3.2 INSTALLATION - INTRABUILDING

A. The Contractor shall use common vertical sleeve(s) for routing of all copper intra-building backbone/riser cables. Cables shall be supported vertically within the BDF and IDF spaces.

B. Place cables without exceeding cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being pulled in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant if necessary. Use compounds that will not damage conductor

or insulation. 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave or cable grips, that will not

damage cabling or raceways.

C. The Contractor shall secure all copper intra-building backbone cables to the BDF walls to prevent movement of the cable. D-rings shall be acceptable for this purpose. The Contractor shall secure the cables to the Cable Runway to prevent movement of the cable. The Contractor shall use the horizontal Cable Runway to route the cable to the MC termination blocks.

D. Within the BDF, the Contractor shall furnish a ten (10) foot service loop suspended from the Cable Runway above the MC frame.

E. Within the IDF(s), the Contractor shall furnish a five (5) foot service loop suspended from the Cable Runway above each of the Open Frame Rack(s).

F. All cabling shall be continuous and without splices, except to attach to BETs.

G. Bond and ground all cable shields and drain wires at each end.

H. Cabling shall be arranged on the patch panels in sequential numerical order by cable pair.

I. Copper Backbone Cabling shall be terminated on 110-style termination blocks at the MC.

J. Copper Backbone Cabling shall be terminated on Patch Panels located in each racks within each IDF. Refer to Specification 27 11 19 Section 2.3.

3.3 INSTALLATION – INTERBUILDING

A. OSP (Outside Plant) multi-pair copper backbone cables from other buildings shall break for termination and protection within an SE (Service Entrance) within 50 ft. of the point at which cabling exits rigid entrance conduit. Cabling shall then be converted to UL® tested and listed CMP ISP as required for the environment into which it is to be placed and routed directly to the MC located in the BDF.

B. OSP Copper Backbone Cabling shall be RUS/REA PE89 design in conformance with ANSI ICEA 7CFR-1755.890, foam skin filled core, multi-pair 24AWG, at minimum. Transition cabling from the SE splice to the termination panel shall be AR Series Riser cable (ARMM).

Page 97: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271313 - 6

C. All OSP cables entering any building shall be properly protected and bonded to ground at both ends of the circuit. Refer to Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection.

D. Designers and contractors shall furnish and install BET (Building Entrance Terminals), primary protection modules of the type and manufacturer specified in Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection.

E. The Contractor shall use common conduits and sleeve(s) for routing of all copper inter-building cables. Cables shall be supported vertically within the BDF and IDF spaces.

F. Place cables without exceeding cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being pulled in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant if necessary. Use compounds that will not damage conductor

or insulation. 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave or cable grips, that will not

damage cabling or raceways.

G. The Contractor shall secure all copper inter-building cables to the BDF walls to prevent movement of the cable. D-rings shall be acceptable for this purpose. The Contractor shall secure the cables to the Cable Runway to prevent movement of the cable. The Contractor shall use the horizontal Cable Runway to route the cable to the MC termination blocks.

H. Within the BDF, the Contractor shall furnish a ten (10) foot service loop suspended from the Cable Runway above the MC frame.

I. All cabling shall be continuous and without splices, except to attach to BETs.

J. Bond and ground all cable shields and drain wires at each end.

K. Cabling shall be arranged on the termination blocks in sequential numerical order by cable pair.

L. Copper Backbone Cabling shall be terminated on 110-style termination blocks at the MC.

3.4 SPLICING – INTERBUILDING

A. Copper interbuilding cables, 5-pairs or larger, shall be spliced using the Modular Splicing System. Two (2) modular splice types shall be used, as follows. 1. Straight 2. Facility (future cable re-arrangement point)

B. Copper cable pairs that are un-assigned shall be clear cap terminated in 710 modules within the spice closure.

C. Copper splices shall be bonded with an approved braid or bar across the splice opening to maintain sheath bonding integrity.

D. Within newly joined section of copper cable, all joined pairs shall be 100% tested good and useable, end-to-end.

Page 98: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271313 - 7

E. Copper building backbone cable sheaths shall be grounded, using ground braid wire, to the TMGB or TGB within each BDF or IDF.

F. Copper underground splice cases shall be properly racked, supported, and secured within the appropriate splice bay location in Manholes or splice boxes. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing all cable hooks.

G. Copper underground cable splices shall be “flash” pressure tested for air leaks to ensure that the splice is waterproof.

3.5 TESTING

A. New cable pairs shall be end-to-end tested as follows. 1. DC loop resistance 2. Wire map 3. Continuity to remote end 4. Shorts between two or more conductors 5. Crossed pairs 6. Reversed pairs 7. Split pairs

B. All balanced twisted-pair field testers shall be factory calibrated each calendar year by the field test equipment manufacturer as stipulated in the manuals provided with the field test unit. The calibration certificate shall be provided for review prior to the start of testing. Testers shall require a 110-style adapter at the BDF and an RJ-45 at the IDF(s).

C. Autotest settings, provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling, shall be set to the manufacturer default parameters for the type and characteristics of the cable to be tested.

D. Tests shall be performed with connectors and termination completed and in-place.

E. Any cable or component not satisfactorily passing the tests as described or failing to meet quality installation standards as described in this specification, shall be repaired and/or replaced at the Contractor's expense.

F. The Contractor shall prepare complete cable test reports for all installed cables for review and approval of CCU ITS prior to acceptance of the cabling system.

G. A copy of the final completed and reviewed cable test reports shall be enclosed in clear vinyl protective covers and posted in the wiring closet for use and reference by CCU ITS.

END OF SECTION 271313

Page 99: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271323 - COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 100: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.4 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The optical fiber hierarchy employed by CCU– ITS (Information Technology Services) includes Interbuilding, Intrabuilding, and Service Provider cabling systems. These systems are designed based upon a “hierarchical star” configuration.

B. Interbuilding cabling systems, where applied, provide the primary backbone link originating at primary data center facilities located on the CCU Campus. The end destination of each interbuilding backbone link is a termination point within at least one (1) BDF (Building Distribution Frame).

C. Intrabuilding cabling systems are most often primary backbone links, originating within the BDF (Building Distribution Frame), that serve IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) facilities located on the same floors and those above or below. Each floor shall have at least one (1) IDF and larger buildings shall have more than one (1). Intrabuilding cabling systems may also contain optical fiber identified as part of the horizontal cabling.

D. Service Provider cabling systems are most often not-in-contract, but will require pathways that are furnished and installed by Division 26.

E. Refer to Project Drawings, “Technology Building Riser” for specific requirements of each building site.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

Page 101: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 3

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

H. 100% Test Results as detailed within PART 3 EXECUTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. TE Connectivity

B. Corning Cable Systems

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING

A. New segments of multi-element optical fiber backbone cable shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC) Section 770. All the cables shall be listed OFNP (OFCP) for plenum applications. The indoor backbone fiber shall be multi-mode and single mode, utilizing a tight buffered, air-core design with all-dielectric strength member construction and interlocking armor construction. Outdoor cable shall be of a loose buffer tube 100% dielectric design, utilizing a UV stabilized, flame retardant outer jacket. Extension of existing cabling segments shall utilize the same construction, core size, and performance factor as the existing segment to be mated.

Page 102: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 4

B. Minimum bend radius shall be no less than fifteen (15) times outside diameter under full tensile load and no less than ten (10) times outside diameter under no load.

C. New Multi-mode Optical Fiber segments shall meet the requirements of EIA/TIA-492AAAC “Detail Specification for 850-nm Laser-Optimized, 50µm Core Diameter/125µm Cladding Diameter Class 1a Graded-index Multimode Optical Fibers.”

D. New Single Mode Optical Fiber segments shall meet the requirements of EIA/TIA-492CAAB “Detail Specification for Class 1va Dispersion-un-shifted Single Mode Optical Fibers with Low Water Peak” and ITU recommendation G.652.C, “Characteristics of a Single Mode Optical Fiber Cable.”

E. Color Coding 1. For indoor applications, the color of the outer jacket shall be aqua for cables containing 50/125 µm

Laser Optimized Fiber. 2. For indoor applications, the color of the outer jacket shall be yellow for cables containing single

mode fiber. 3. For outside plant applications, the jacket shall contain carbon black to provide ultraviolet light

protection. 4. The optical fiber color coding shall be in accordance with EIA/TIA-598-B, "Optical Fiber Cable

Color Coding."

F. Each optical fiber backbone cable shall consist of a minimum number of individual elements specified within the Project Drawings such as backbone/riser schematics.

G. New Optical Fiber Segment Physical Specifications shall be as follows:

MULTI-MODE Core Diameter 50.0 ± 3.0µm Core Non-Circularity < 5 % Core-to-Cladding Concentricity ≤ 1.5 µm Cladding Diameter 125.0 ± 2.0 µm Cladding Non-Circularity* ≤ 1.0% Coating Diameter 245 ± 5 µm Colored Fiber Nominal Diameter 253-259 Coating-to-Cladding Concentricity Error ≤ 12 µm Proof Test Levels ≥ 100kpsi (0.7 GPa minimum) Operating Temperature -20 to +70°C * Cladding Non-Circularity defined as: [1 – (min. cladding diameter / max. cladding diameter)] x 100

SINGLE MODE Core Diameter 8.3 µm Fiber Curl ≥ 4.0 m radius of curvature Cladding Diameter 125.0 ± 0.7 µm Core-Clad Concentricity ≤ 0.5 µm

Page 103: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 5

Cladding Non-Circularity* ≤ 0.7 % Coating Diameter 245.0 ± 5 µm Coating-Cladding Concentricity < 12 µm Proof Test Levels ≥ 100kpsi (0.7 GPa minimum) Operating Temperature -60 to +85°C * Cladding Non-Circularity defined as: [1 – (min. cladding diameter / max. cladding diameter)] x 100

H. New Optical Fiber Segment Performance Characteristics shall be as follows:

MULTI-MODE Cabled Fiber Attenuation @ 850 nm 3.5 dB/km Cabled Fiber Attenuation @ 1300 nm 1.5 dB/km Minimum OFL Bandwidth @ 850 nm 1500 MHz/km Min. Effective Modal BW @ 850 nm 2000 MHz/km Minimum Bandwidth @ 1300 nm 500 MHz/km Numerical Aperture 0.200 ± 0.015 Effective Group Index of Refraction @ 850 nm 1.481 Effective Group Index of Refraction @ 1300 nm 1.476 Point Discontinuities @ 850 and 1300 nm < 0.2 dB

Zero Dispersion Wavelength (λ0) 1300 nm ≤ λ0 ≤ 1320 nm Zero Dispersion Slope (S0) 0.101 ps/(nm2 • km) Attenuation with Bending: The induced attenuation caused by wrapping the fiber 100 turns around a 75 mm mandrel shall not exceed 0.5 dB at 850 nm and 1300 nm

SINGLE MODE Cabled Fiber Attenuation @ 1310 nm 0.33 – 0.35 dB/km Cabled Fiber Attenuation @ 1383 nm 0.31 – 0.35 dB/km Cabled Fiber Attenuation @ 1550 nm 0.19 – 0.20 dB/km Cabled Fiber Attenuation @ 1625 nm 0.20 – 0.23 dB/km Point Discontinuity @ 1310 nm ≤ 0.5 dB Point Discontinuity @ 1550 nm ≤ 0.5 dB Macrobend Attenuation, 1 Turn 32mm Mandrel ≤ 0.05 @ 1550 nm Macrobend Attenuation, 100 Turns - 50mm Mandrel ≤ 0.05 @ 1310 nm Macrobend Attenuation, 100 Turns - 50mm Mandrel ≤ 0.10 @ 1550 nm Macrobend Attenuation, 100 Turns - 60mm Mandrel ≤ 0.05 @ 1550 nm Macrobend Attenuation, 100 Turns - 60mm Mandrel ≤ 0.05 @ 1625 nm

Cable Cutoff Wavelength (λccf) ≤ 1260 nm

Zero Dispersion Wavelength (λO) 1302 ≤ λO ≤ 1322

Zero Dispersion Slope (SO) (ps/(nm2•km)) ≤ 0.089 (ps//(nm2•km))

Page 104: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 6

Total Dispersion (ps/(nm•km) 1285-1330 nm

≤ 3.5

1550 nm ≤ 17.5 1625 nm ≤ 21.5 IEEE 802.3 GbE – 1300 nm Laser Distance Up to 5,000 m Water Peak Attenuation: 1383 ± 3 nm ≤ 1.0 (dB/km)

I. All optical fiber cables shall be shipped with OTDR results for each fiber. OTDR results shall show attenuation and bandwidth. The results shall be documented in such a manner that the information can be retained for future use.

J. Backbone (riser) cable in plenum air spaces shall be NEC Type OFNP as follows: 1. TE tight buffered Fan-Out Plenum Cable with interlocking armor.

K. Campus Backbone (Underground & Building Entrance) shall be of loose tube design with waterblocking technology NEC OFNR as follows: 1. TE LST Gel-Free Cable 2. TE Loose Tube, Gel-Free Cable.

L. Building entrance cables meeting the UL-1666OFNR specification may enter a building without requiring a transition splice, i.e. TE LST Gel-Free or Corning FREEDM Loose Tube Gel-Free Cables.

2.4 OPTICAL FIBER CONNECTORS

A. All optical fiber cables shall be terminated with permanently installed connectors per EIA/TIA-45 S-21.

B. Optical fiber connections shall utilize “SC” type connectors with ceramic ferrule and bend limiting strain relief.

C. The maximum optical attenuation for each rated connector pair shall not exceed 0.7 dB.

D. The connectors shall sustain a minimum of two-hundred (200) mating cycles without violating performance requirements as outlined in EIA/TIA 568B.3.

E. Factory terminated lengths of optical fiber with “SC” connectors shall not be used for backbone or horizontal cabling. “SC” connectors for multimode and single mode with pigtail splicing using factory polished "SC" connectors shall be required.

F. Connectors shall be color coded according to the optical fiber type for which they are applied. 8.3/125μm single mode shall be blue, and laser-optimized 50/125μm multimode shall be aqua.

PART 3 - PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

Page 105: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 7

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

B. Unless otherwise noted, the footages for cabling and materials shown on the Project Drawings are based upon available plant records, architectural drawings, or the Engineer’s route and pathway assumptions. The Contractor shall be required to perform field surveys and measurements, prior to ordering materials.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. The Contractor shall use common vertical sleeve(s) for routing of all optical inter-building backbone/riser cables.

B. Place cables without exceeding cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being pulled in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant if necessary. Use compounds that will not damage conductor

or insulation. 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave or cable grips, that will not

damage cabling or raceways.

C. The Contractor shall secure all optical intra-building backbone cables to the BDF walls to prevent movement of the cable. D-rings shall be acceptable for this purpose. The Contractor shall secure the cables to the Cable Runway to prevent movement of the cable. The Contractor shall use the horizontal Cable Runway above each of the Open Frame Rack(s).

D. Within the BDF, the Contractor shall furnish a ten (10) foot service loop suspended from the Cable Runway above the Open Frame Rack(s).

E. All Intrabuilding cabling shall be continuous and without splices of any kind.

F. Splicing shall be allowed for Interbuilding cabling under the following conditions. All splices shall be fusion method. 1. Where the length of the installed segment exceeds the maximum quantity allowed on a single reel. 2. Where cable construction requires a transition due to conversion from OSP to ISP. 3. Where specifically indicated within Project Drawings for purposes of dividing interbuilding

entrance cable counts for distribution to primary and secondary MCs.

G. Bond and ground all interlocking armor, where applicable, at each end of the cable.

H. Cabling shall be arranged on the distribution panels in sequential numerical order by individual element according to optical fiber color code..

I. A minimum 15 ft. of stored cable slack shall be provided at each IDF.

J. Prior to shipment, both cable ends shall be sealed with a waterproof cap to prevent moisture from entering the cable.

Page 106: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 8

K. The cable reel shall be shipped with OTDR results for each fiber. OTDR results shall show attenuation and bandwidth. The results shall be documented in such a manner that the information can be retained for future use.

3.3 CERTIFICATION TESTING

A. The Division 27 Contractor may be required to field demonstrate the testing and test equipment calibration procedures to CCU ITS. The Contractor shall confirm the demonstration requirement before the onset of field test operations.

B. Full testing shall be performed on each cabling segment (connector to connector). Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare full reports for inclusion in O&M Manuals.

C. All optical fiber elements/strands shall be 100% tested and documented as per procedures contained herein. All fiber elements/strands shall be useable.

D. Fiber end faces shall be inspected at 250X or 400X magnification. 250X magnification is suitable for inspecting multimode and single mode fibers. 400X magnification may be used for detailed examination of single mode fibers. Scratched, pitted or dirty connectors shall be diagnosed and corrected. It is preferable that the end face images be recorded in the memory of the test instrument for subsequent uploading to a PC and reporting.

E. Unless pre-approved by CCU ITS, all fiber certification testing shall be performed using test instruments manufactured by Fluke Networks. Test results shall be provided using Fluke Networks Linkware Management Software. All Field-test instruments shall have the latest software and firmware installed. Calibration of the testing instruments shall be current as per manufacturer’s specifications. Test cords, adapters, and connectors shall be clean and maintained in good order. Test instruments shall be identified on the test summary forms as to make, model, software generic, and calibration date.

F. All tests shall be performed by trained technicians who have successfully attended an appropriate training program that includes testing with an Optical Loss Test Set (OLTS) and an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) and have obtained a certificate of proof thereof. Certificates may have been issued by any of the following:

1. Manufacturer of the test equipment used for field certification. 2. BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Service International) authorized training programs.

G. Testing of the cabling shall be performed using high-quality test cords of the same fiber type as the cabling under test. The test cords for OLTS testing shall be between 1m and 5m in length. A launch cable shall be installed between the OTDR and the first link connection and a receive cable shall be installed after the last link connection. The test cords for OTDR testing shall be approximately 100m for the launch cable and at least 25 m for the receive cable.

H. Link attenuation shall not include any active devices or passive devices other than cable, connectors, and splices, i.e. link attenuation shall not include such devices as optical bypass switches, couplers, repeaters, or optical amplifiers.

I. The contractor shall perform a Tier 1 (attenuation, length, and polarity) certification test for each optical fiber element/strand.

Page 107: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 9

J. The contractor shall perform a Tier 2 (OTDR) certification test for each optical fiber element/strand.

K. Multimode backbone links shall be tested at 850nm and 1300nm wavelengths in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-14A, Method B, One Reference Jumper or the equivalent method.

L. Single mode backbone links shall be tested at 1310 nm and 1550 nm in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7, Method A.1, One Reference Jumper or the equivalent method.

M. Optical fiber connector and splicing losses shall not exceed the following. 1. Connector losses shall not exceed .75dB per mated pair. 2. Connector loss combined with a pigtail fusion splice shall not exceed .90dB loss per mated pair. 3. Fusion splices shall not exceed 0.15dB loss.

N. The length of each fiber shall be recorded. It is preferable that the optical length be measured using an OLTS or OTDR. Physical length measurements from manufacturer cable markings shall also be acceptable.

O. The detailed test results documentation data is to be provided in an electronic database for each tested optical fiber and shall contain the following information at minimum. 1. The identification of the customer site as specified by the end-user 2. The name of the test limit selected to execute the stored test results 3. The name of the personnel performing the test 4. The date and time the test results were saved in the memory of the tester 5. The manufacturer, model and serial number of the field-test instrument 6. The version of the test software and the version of the test limit database held within the test

instrument 7. The fiber identification number 8. The length for each optical fiber 9. Optionally the index of refraction used for length calculation when using a length capable OLTS 10. Test results to include OLTS attenuation link and channel measurements at the appropriate

wavelength(s) and the margin (difference between the measured attenuation and the test limit value).

11. Test results to include OTDR link and channel traces and event tables at the appropriate wavelength(s).

12. The length for each optical fiber as calculated by the OTDR. 13. The overall Pass/Fail evaluation of the link-under-test for OLTS and OTDR measurements

P. The Division 27 Contractor shall provide 48-hours notice to the CCU ITS prior to commencement of cable testing. CCU ITS shall, at their discretion, be present to observe any and all cable test procedures. Cable testing procedures shall be acceptable to the Engineer.

Q. The Contractor shall produce test reports to be accepted by CCU ITS. Test reports shall be completely and legibly filled out, dated, and signed by the person performing the tests. The completed forms shall be submitted to the General Contractor or Construction Manager for review and acceptance by CCU ITS.

R. All optical fiber connectors shall be thoroughly cleaned and end-caps installed after the test procedures have been completed.

Page 108: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 10

3.4 INTRABUILDING (RISER) BACKBONE CABLES

A. The Division 27 Contractor shall perform Tier 1 bi-directional attenuation testing on each and every optical fiber element/strand at both wavelengths. 1. Multimode: 850 and 1300nm. 2. Single Mode: 1310 and 1550nm.

B. An attenuation equation shall be used to determine acceptance values based on standard component requirements at each applicable wavelength. Link attenuation is calculated as: 1. Link attenuation = Cable attenuation {Cable attenuation (dB) = Attenuation coefficient (dB/km) x

length (km)} + connector attenuation.

C. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall perform Tier 2 bi-directional OTDR testing on each and every optical fiber element/strand at both wavelengths for building backbone cable greater than 300 feet in length. 1. Multimode: 850 and 1300nm. 2. Single Mode: 1310 and 1550nm.

D. At the completion of Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing, the Contractor shall review the test data to ensure that each element/strand’s end-to-end loss does not exceed the maximum attenuation allowance value, as determined by the following formula: 1. Multiply the cable length by the normalized cable attenuation (dB/km). 2. Add the attenuation allowance (dB) for each connector pair in the path. 3. Identify those element/strands that exceed the maximum attenuation loss allowance value and

apply corrective action.

E. The Contractor shall correct all optical fiber elements/strands exceeding the end-to-end insertion loss allowance limits.

3.5 INTERBUILDING (CAMPUS UNDERGROUND & BUILDING ENTRANCE) BACKBONE CABLES

A. The Division 27 Contractor shall perform Tier 1 bi-directional attenuation testing on each and every optical fiber element/strand at both wavelengths. 1. Multimode: 850 and 1300nm. 2. Single Mode: 1310 and 1550nm.

B. An attenuation equation shall be used to determine acceptance values based on standard component requirements at each applicable wavelength. Link attenuation is calculated as: 1. Link attenuation = Cable attenuation {Cable attenuation (dB) = Attenuation coefficient (dB/km) x

length (km)} + connector attenuation + splice attenuation.

C. The Contractor shall perform Tier 2 bi-directional OTDR testing on each and every optical fiber element/strand at both wavelengths for building backbone cable greater than 300 feet in length. 1. Multimode: 850 and 1300nm. 2. Single Mode: 1310 and 1550nm.

Page 109: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING 271323 - 11

D. At the completion of Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing, the Contractor shall review the test data to ensure that each element/strand’s end-to-end loss does not exceed the maximum attenuation allowance value, as determined by the following formula: 1. Multiply the cable length by the normalized cable attenuation (dB/km). 2. Add the attenuation allowance (dB) for each connector pair in the path. 3. Add the attenuation allowance (dB) for each splice along the cable path. 4. Identify those element/strands that exceed the maximum attenuation loss allowance value and

apply corrective action.

E. The Contractor shall correct all optical fiber elements/strands exceeding the end-to-end insertion loss allowance limits.

END OF SECTION 271323

Page 110: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 271513 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271513 – COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 111: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 271513 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling shall be furnished, installed, tested, labeled, and documented from each BDF (Building Distribution Frame) and IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) to all WAOs (Work Area Outlets) and TOs (Telecommunications Outlets), ready for connection of file servers, personal computer stations, telephones, medical equipment, wireless access points, video control interfaces, monitoring interfaces, printers, modems, and all other equipment as designated by CCU ITS (Information Technology Services).

B. Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling shall be sourced from, and certified by, only one of the following approved termination hardware manufacturers per project site. 1. TE Connectivity / Amp NetConnect

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

Page 112: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 271513 - 3

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

H. 100% Test Results as detailed within PART 3 EXECUTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Cables from approved list as maintained by the termination hardware manufacturer for the solution proposed: 1. TE Connectivity / Amp NetConnect

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING

A. The Horizontal System is the portion of the telecommunications cabling system that extends from the TO (Telecommunications Outlet) connector to the HC (Horizontal Cross-connect), located in the BDF (Building Distribution Frame) or IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame). It consists of the telecommunications outlet/connector, horizontal cables, optional CP (Consolidation Point) if indicated in the Project Drawings, and that portion of cross-connect in the BDF/IDF serving the horizontal cabling. Each floor of a building should be served by a distinct Horizontal System, unless otherwise directed by the CCU ITS. 1. Horizontal cabling shall be performance rated EIA/TIA Category 6. All cables shall be imprinted

by the manufacturer as Category 6, at minimum. 2. All cabling shall consist of four (4) unshielded twisted pairs; solid bare copper conductors, color-

coded per the band strip color coding conventional standard as follows: a. Pair #1 - White/Blue-Blue b. Pair #2 - White/Orange-Orange c. Pair #3 - White/Green-Green d. Pair #4 - White/Brown-Brown

3. All Horizontal system cables shall CMP. These markings shall also include the name of the cable manufacturer and the category performance rating.

4. Cable jacket shall be sequentially marked at 2-foot intervals.

Page 113: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 271513 - 4

5. Horizontal cabling shall be blue in color where purposed for the following applications: a. PCs b. VoIP Telephones

6. Horizontal cabling shall be green in color where purposed for the following applications: a. Wireless Access Points (WAPs) b. A/V Equipment

7. Horizontal cabling shall be yellow in color where purposed for the following applications: a. IP Cameras.

8. Physical Characteristics a. Gauge: 23 AWG b. Conductor Diameter: .022” c. Insulated Conductor Diameter: .038” d. Cable Diameter: .226” e. Nominal Weight: 29 lbs./kft. f. Max. Install Tension: 25 lbs. g. Min. Bend Radius: 1” h. Operating Temperature: -10° to +60°C

9. Performance Characteristics a. Mutual Capacitance: 4.4nF/100m nom. b. DC Resistance:9.38 ohms c. Skew: 35ns d. Pair-to-Ground Unbalance (pair to ground): 330 pF/100m max. e. Nom. Velocity of Propagation. (NVP): 72% max. f. Cabling shall exhibit the following minimum performance characteristics at the following

frequencies:

Parameter 100MHz (dB)

200MHz (dB)

250MHz (dB)

Insertion Loss 19.7 28.8 32.6 NEXT Loss 45.3 40.8 39.3 PSNEXT Loss 43.3 38.8 37.3 ACR 25.6 11.7 6.7 PSACR 23.6 10.0 4.7 ELFEXT 28.8 22.7 20.8 PSELFEXT 25.8 19.7 17.8 Return Loss 22.5 21.0 20.5

Category 6 Minimum Cable Performance Standards

B. Reference: TE Connectivity / Amp NetConnect TE620P Series. Exact part # dependent on color.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or

Page 114: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 271513 - 5

impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

B. Unless otherwise noted, the footages for cabling and materials shown on the Project Drawings are based upon available plant records, architectural drawings, or the engineer’s route and pathway assumptions. The Contractor shall be required to perform field surveys and measurements, prior to ordering materials.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Horizontal copper cabling runs shall be placed in one continuous end-to-end length between the BDF or IDF and the WAO or TO, without splices of any kind.

B. Unless otherwise specified, this contractor shall be responsible for determining the route and quantity of J-Hooks and other independent cable supports within the overhead ceiling space wherein cable tray or other support systems have not been provided by Division 26. Attaching or otherwise draping cables to ceiling wire grid, pipes by other trades, lighting fixtures, etc. shall not be permitted.

C. J-Hooks and other independent cable supports shall be located on 48” to 60” centers to adequately support and distribute the cable weight.

D. Where J-Hooks and independent cable supports are used, runs shall follow walls and building supporting structures; diagonal runs shall not be acceptable.

E. Unless otherwise specified, a twenty-five (25) foot service loop per homerun of horizontal copper cabling shall be placed at each WAP (Wireless Access Point) located above removable access ceiling spaces.

F. Place cables without exceeding cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being pulled in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant only if necessary. Use compounds that will not damage

conductor or insulation. 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave or cable grips, that will not

damage cabling or raceways.

G. Cabling shall be arranged on the patch panels in sequential numerical order by cable number.

H. Cabling shall be arranged on the termination blocks in sequential numerical order by cable pair.

3.3 CERTIFICATION TESTING

A. Unless pre-approved by CCU ITS, all copper certification testing shall be performed using test equipment manufactured by Fluke Networks. Test results shall be provided using Fluke Networks Linkware Management Software.

B. Test equipment shall be equipped with the most current software upgrades to meet applicable testing standards. Calibration of the testing instruments shall be current as per the manufacturer’s requirements.

Page 115: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 271513 - 6

Test cords, adapters, and connectors shall be maintained in good order. Test instruments must be identified on the applicable summary test forms as to make, model, software generic, and calibration date.

C. This Contractor may be required to field demonstrate the calibration and testing procedures to CCU ITS. CCU ITS shall confirm the demonstration requirement prior to start of field test operations.

D. Full testing shall be performed on each Category 6 permanent link (Patch Panel to Patch Panel and Patch Panel to Work Area Outlet) by trained technicians who have successfully attended an appropriate TE Connectivity training and certification program and have obtained a certificate as proof thereof. The test of each link shall include all of the parameters as detailed below. In order to pass, the test measurements must all meet or exceed the limit value determined in the TIA/EIA Category 6 Standard. Perform and record the following tests and prepare full reports for inclusion in O&M Manuals. 1. Wire Map (Continuity) 2. Length 3. Insertion Loss (Attenuation) 4. NEXT Loss 5. PSNEXT Loss 6. ELFEXT Loss, Pair-to-Pair 7. PSELFEXT Loss 8. Return Loss 9. ACR (Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio) 10. PSACR 11. Propagation Delay 12. Delay Skew

E. All new cable pairs shall be 100% tested and passed by the criteria as established herein.

F. Horizontal cabling shall be PSNEXT tested such that any disturbed pair within the hybrid/bundle shall be 3dB better than the specified pair-to-pair NEXT of a single 4-pair cable of the same category.

G. Autotest settings, provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling, shall be set to the manufacturer default parameters for the type and characteristics of the cable to be tested including NVP (Nominal Velocity of Propagation).

H. Tests shall be performed with connectors and termination completed and in-place.

I. The Division 27 Contractor shall provide 48-hours notice to CCU ITS prior to commencement of cable testing. The ITS Personnel shall, at his discretion, be present to observe any and all cable test procedures. Cable testing procedures shall be acceptable to the CCU ITS Personnel

J. This Contractor shall produce summary test reports to be accepted by the CCU ITS Engineer at the completion of each project phase. Test reports shall be completely and legibly filled out, dated, and signed by the person performing the tests. The completed forms shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance for authorization to proceed into the next installation phase.

K. Non-compliant horizontal cables shall be replaced with new materials, and re-tested as specified.

Page 116: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING 271513 - 7

L. Any cable or component not satisfactorily passing the tests as described or failing to meet quality installation standards as described in this specification, shall be repaired and/or replaced at the Contractor's expense.

M. The Contractor shall prepare final and complete cable test reports for all installed cables for review and approval of CCU ITS prior to acceptance of the cabling system. Final and complete test results shall be included within O&M Manuals. Refer to Section 27 00 00 Communications General, Submittals.

N. A copy of the final completed and reviewed cable test reports shall be enclosed in clear vinyl protective covers and posted in all BDF and IDF spaces for use and reference by CCU ITS.

3.4 LABELING

A. Wire and cable identification shall consist of self-laminating, permanently applied, pre-printed wrap-around markers, and all other identification shall consist of high-performance materials. Marker shall be located within 3 to 6 inches of the termination. Labels must withstand the requirements of UL 969 as outlined in the EIA/TIA Standard.

B. The labeling scheme for the Horizontal System shall consist of a pre-determined sequence for each port. The first alpha-numeric characters, followed by a dash, designate the BDF (Building Distribution Frame) or IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) from which the cabling originates. The second numeric characters shall be assigned as the rack number. The third set shall be patch panel and then port. All racks and patch panels must be labeled per CCU ITS standards. All label schemes must be approved by CCU ITS prior to installation, as room numbers often change during construction.

3.5 FIRESTOPPING

A. Firestopping shall be installed after all cabling under contract has been installed.

END OF SECTION 271513

Page 117: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271543 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271543 - COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 118: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271543 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes: 1. Faceplates and Housings for Work Area Outlets (WAOs) and Telecommunications Outlets (TOs). 2. Modular Jacks and Outlets for termination of data and voice cabling at WAOs and TOs.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

H. 100% Test Results as detailed within PART 3 - EXECUTION

Page 119: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271543 - 3

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Berk-Tek NetClear GT2 (Owner Preferred Product)

B. Panduit Corporation TX6500 1. TE Connectivity

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 FACEPLATES

A. Furnish and install single gang modular cover plates with four (4) modular outlet openings.

B. Modular cover plates shall be plastic or stainless steel as required to match electrical plates supplied by Division 26 unless otherwise directed by CCU ITS. Plastic modular furniture cover plates shall match the furniture’s kick plate color when possible. Confirm all colors with CCU ITS prior to ordering materials.

C. Furnish and install 106-style modular mounting frames where required to adapt to surface raceway as may be provided by Division 26.

D. Furnish and install blank inserts for all un-used openings. Blank inserts shall be fog white in color unless otherwise directed by CCU ITS.

E. Reference: TE Connectivity 1-2111011 Series

2.4 MODULAR CONNECTORS (JACKS/OUTLETS)

A. Furnish and install Modular Connectors consisting of RJ45 8-position modular jacks, meeting or exceeding transmission performance of Category 6.

B. Modular Connectors shall be mounted in modular cover plates.

C. Modular Connectors shall be UL listed and comply with EIA/TIA 568B.

Page 120: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271543 - 4

D. All modular jacks shall be blue in color. Confirm all colors with ITS prior to ordering materials.

E. Apply Blank Inserts to all un-used openings. Blank inserts shall match the jack/outlet body color.

F. Reference: TE Connectivity 1-1116412 Series

2.5 MODULAR JACK/OUTLET PLATE FOR WALL TELEPHONES

A. Flush mounted modular RJ-45 jack/plate to fit into a single gang 3-1/2 inch deep box.

B. RJ-45 modular jack shall be 8-position and shall meet at minimum the transmission performance requirements of Category 6.

C. The RJ-45 jack shall be mounted in a stainless steel faceplate designed for the modular mounting of wall telephones.

D. Reference: Ortronics #OR-403STJ1WP. Equal by Panduit Corporation, The Siemon Company, or CommScope/Systimax.

E. SURFACE MOUNT BOXES

F. Furnish and install single port surface mount box where Telecommunications Outlets are to be provided for Wireless Access Points (WAPs) and for IP-based Camera locations.

G. Reference: TE Connectivity # 1375055-6

H.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 COORDINATION

A. Confirm colors and identification schemes for cabling, faceplates, and Data/Voice Modular Copper Jacks and Connectors with Architect/Engineer and Owner’s IT Staff prior to placing material orders. The Architect/Engineer must approve requested changes, not in compliance with Drawings and Specifications.

B. Conduit, in-wall boxes, and floor boxes shall be provided by the Division 26 Contractor. The Division 27 Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with Division 26 to confirm that proper box sizes shall are provided.

C. Surface Raceway, where indicated, shall be provided by the Division 26 Contractor. The Division 27 Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with the Division 26 Contractor to confirm that proper box styles and sizes are be provided.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Page 121: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271543 - 5

A. All Faceplates shall be installed flush to the wall surface without any gap and shall be cleaned and leveled prior to final acceptance.

B. All Faceplates shall be labeled using machine generated type in alphanumeric order according to the CCU ITS labeling scheme to be published by bulletin prior to installation. Bulletin shall not result in additional cost to the project under any circumstances.

3.3 CERTIFICATION TESTING

A. Testing shall be performed only after faceplates and outlets have been fixed in final position. Under no circumstances shall testing shall be performed while outlets are hanging loose, prior to being permanently “settled” into their backbox or surface box.

B. Unless pre-approved by CCU ITS, all copper certification testing shall be performed using test equipment manufactured by Fluke Networks. Test results shall be provided using Fluke Networks Linkware Management Software.

C. Test equipment shall be equipped with the most current software upgrades to meet applicable testing standards. Calibration of the testing instruments shall be current as per the manufacturer’s requirements. Test cords, adapters, and connectors shall be maintained in good order. Test instruments must be identified on the applicable summary test forms as to make, model, software generic, and calibration date.

D. This Contractor may be required to field demonstrate the calibration and testing procedures to CCU ITS. CCU ITS shall confirm the demonstration requirement prior to start of field test operations.

E. Full testing shall be performed on each Category 6 permanent link (Patch Panel to Patch Panel and Patch Panel to Work Area Outlet) by trained technicians who have success-fully attended an appropriate TE Connectivity training program and have obtained a certificate as proof thereof. The test of each link shall include all of the parameters as detailed below. In order to pass, the test measurements must all meet or exceed the limit value determined in the TIA/EIA Category 6 Standard. Perform and record the following tests and prepare full reports for inclusion in O&M Manuals. 1. Wire Map (Continuity) 2. Length 3. Insertion Loss (Attenuation) 4. NEXT Loss 5. PSNEXT Loss 6. ELFEXT Loss, Pair-to-Pair 7. PSELFEXT Loss 8. Return Loss 9. ACR (Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio) 10. PSACR 11. Propagation Delay 12. Delay Skew

F. All new cable pairs shall be 100% tested and passed by the criteria as established here-in.

G. Horizontal cabling shall be PSNEXT tested such that any disturbed pair within the hybrid/bundle shall be 3dB better than the specified pair-to-pair NEXT of a single 4-pair cable of the same category.

Page 122: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271543 - 6

H. Autotest settings, provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling, shall be set to the manufacturer default parameters for the type and characteristics of the cable to be tested including NVP (Nominal Velocity of Propagation).

I. The Division 27 Contractor shall provide 48-hours notice to the CCU IT personnel prior to commencement of cable testing. The CCU ITS personnel shall, at his discretion, be present to observe any and all cable test procedures. Cable testing procedures shall be acceptable to CCU ITS.

J. This Contractor shall produce summary test reports to be accepted by CCU ITS at the completion of each project phase. Test reports shall be completely and legibly filled out, dated, and signed by the person performing the tests. The completed forms shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance for authorization to proceed into the next installation phase.

K. Non-compliant horizontal cables shall be replaced with new materials, and re-tested as specified.

L. Any cable or component not satisfactorily passing the tests as described or failing to meet quality installation standards as described in this specification, shall be repaired and/or replaced at the Contractor's expense.

M. The Contractor shall prepare final and complete cable test reports for all installed cables for review and approval of CCU ITS prior to acceptance of the cabling system. Final and complete test results shall be included within O&M Manuals. Refer to Section 27 00 00 Communications General - Submittals.

N. A copy of the final completed and reviewed cable test reports shall be enclosed in clear vinyl protective covers and posted in all BDF and IDF spaces for use and reference by CCU ITS.

3.4 LABELING

A. At the WAO (Work Area Outlet) and TO (Telecommunications Outlet) (faceplate end of the cable), labels shall be installed with the associated cable module identification and shall be visible from the outside of the faceplate using pre-printed identification labels.

B. The labeling scheme for the Horizontal System shall consist of a pre-determined sequence for each port. The first alpha-numeric characters, followed by a dash, designate the BDF (Building Distribution Frame) or IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) from which the cabling originates. The second numeric characters shall be assigned as the rack number. The third set shall be patch panel and then port. All racks and patch panels must be labeled per CCU ITS standards. All label schemes must be approved by CCU ITS prior to installation, as room numbers often change during construction.

END OF SECTION 271543

Page 123: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS, AND CROSS-

CONNECT WIRES

271619 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271619-COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS, AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 124: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS, AND CROSS-

CONNECT WIRES

271619 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes: 1. Patch Cables for Backbone Cabling Systems 2. Patch Cables for Horizontal Cabling Systems

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Bill of Materials

1.7 MATERIALS FOR USE BY OWNER

A. Furnish materials as described in Part 2 Products.

B. Throughout the project lifecycle, all cords and jumper assemblies shall be securely stored at the Division 27 Contractor’s office facility. When called for by the Owner, materials shall be delivered by the Division 27 Contractor who shall obtain a signature of acceptance and delivery from the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Page 125: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS, AND CROSS-

CONNECT WIRES

271619 - 3

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. TE Connectivity / Amp NetConnect

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 COPPER PATCH/STATION CORDS – BDF/IDF WAO & TO

A. Category 6, 23 AWG 8-conductor stranded copper patch cords with RJ45 plugs. 1. Provide 100% of total port count Category 6 “data” patch cords required for patching at BDF

(Building Distribution Frame) and IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame). 2. Provide 60% of patch cables at 7ft length and 40% at 5ft length. 3. Patch cables for “data” shall be blue in color. 4. Patch cables for “wireless” shall be green in color. 5. Patch cables for “cameras” shall be yellow in color.

B. Patch cords shall be factory terminated.

C. All patch cords shall be configured with straight through pinning with T568B pin-pair configuration.

D. Patch cords shall not degrade the required channel performance characteristics as specified in EIA/TIA 568B.2.

E. Copper patch cords shall be supplied as a part of the manufacturer solution proposed.

F. Reference: TE Connectivity TCPC-6RUVB Series

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. All Patch Cables shall be installed by the Owner

END OF SECTION 271619

Page 126: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 275400 - CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

Q. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

R. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

S. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

Page 127: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 2

T. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

V. Section 271852 – Data Center Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

W. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. CATV (Community Antenna Television) System scope of work may include both riser/trunk (backbone system) and drop (horizontal system) portions of work covered within this specification. Contractor shall refer to Project Drawings to confirm scope and shall furnish and install those systems as indicated. Should Project Drawings indicate riser/trunk only, cabling shall be placed and secured, allowing for future installation of terminations and taps.

B. CATV (Community Antenna Television) System shall comprise a coaxial two-way broadband facility.

C. All trunk coaxial cables shall be PIII-500 from the BDF (Building Distribution Frame) passing through each IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame).

D. All drop coaxial cables shall be either RG-6 or RG-11 coaxial, homerun from the BDF and each IDF as follows: 1. Directly to Outlet Types “E”, “F”, and “H” located throughout the building as indicated on plans.

E. Coaxial system cabling shall support frequencies from 5 MHZ - 2200 MHz.

F. Coaxial system shall be furnished and installed to provide between 5 dBmV and 10 dBmV at every video TO location.

G. All RF devices shall be two-way for return video capability.

H. Provide labor, material, equipment, and accessories necessary for a complete and operational CATV (Community Antenna Television) System.

I. The coaxial video cabling requirements, video outlets, splitters, taps, patch panels, amplifiers, equalizers, cover plates, pull boxes, splice boxes, and related hardware shall be part of this Contract.

J. The Section 275400 Contractor shall establish a complete and balanced distribution design, assuring proper signal levels throughout the entire frequency range as per FCC and manufacturers guidelines and requirements.

Page 128: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 3

K. The Section 275400 Contractor shall coordinate local service hook-up with a single mode optical fiber-based device to be furnished and installed by the Owner as located within the BDF.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS (CATV)

A. AMP

B. Antronix

C. Belden Wire & Cable Company

D. C-COR Incorporated

E. CommScope

F. Gilbert Engineering Company

Page 129: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 4

2.2 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS (MUST MATCH STRUCTURED CABLING SECTION 27 15 43)

A. CommScope/Systimax Solutions

B. Ortronics/BerkTek - NetClear GT2 (Owner Preferred Product)

C. Panduit Corporation- Warranty Plus

D. The Siemon Company – System 6

2.3 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.4 FACEPLATES AND OUTLET/JACKS

A. Furnish and install single gang modular cover plates with six (6) modular outlet openings for “Data + CATV” configurations as indicated on Project Drawings.

B. Modular cover plates shall be stainless steel or plastic to match those provided by Division 26 unless otherwise directed by CCU - DoIT. Confirm all colors with DoIT prior to ordering materials.

C. Furnish and install blank inserts for all un-used openings. Blank inserts shall be fog white in color unless otherwise directed by CCU - DoIT

D. Outlet Type “E” shall house one (1) F-Connector and four (4) Category 6 RJ-45 jacks.

E. Outlet Type “E” shall house one (1) F-Connector and six (6) Category 6 RJ-45 jacks.

F. Outlet Type “E” shall house one (1) F-Connector and one (1) Category 6 RJ-45 jacks.

G. Modular Outlets shall be UL listed.

H. Outlets shall be fog white in color unless otherwise specified by CCU DoIT.

I. Reference: Ortronics # OR-403STJ16, #OR-63700006, #OR-TJ600, #OR-42100002.

2.5 RF DISTRIBUTION “DROP” CABLING

Page 130: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 5

A. The Drop cabling to each Outlet Types “E”, “F”, and “H” shall be either RG6 or RG11. Drop cables shall be homerun from the BDF or IDF primary splitter network to the TO (Telecommunications Outlet) for local connection of equipment by CCU. Cables shall be installed based upon the following criteria. 1. RG6 for horizontal system drop runs from 1 to 200 feet in total length. 2. RG11 for horizontal system drop runs from 201 to 350 feet in total length.

B. RG6 cabling shall be quad-shield 75 ohm coaxial cable with a 18AWG copper covered steel center conductor with a gas expanded polyethylene foam FEP dielectric. The shield shall be foil aluminum-polypropylene-aluminum laminated tape with overlap bonded to the dielectric, a 60% braid of 34AWG bare aluminum wire, an aluminum-polypropylene-aluminum laminated tape, and a 40% braid of 34AWG bare aluminum wire. The outer jacket shall be made of flame retardant polyvinyl chloride. Cable shall be white in color. 1. Listed NEC CMP (ETL) 2. Impedance: 76.0 +/- 2.0 Ohms 3. Minimum SRL: –20dB from 1-1000MHz 100% Sweep Tested 4. Minimum Velocity of Propagation: 85% 5. Typical Attenuation at 68 degrees F as per the following table.

Frequency in MHz dB/100ft db/100m 1 0.38 1.25

10 0.70 2.30 50 1.48 4.85

100 2.01 6.59 200 2.86 8.38 400 4.23 13.87 700 5.96 19.55 900 6.96 22.83

1000 7.45 24.44 1450 9.34 28.02 1800 10.69 32.07 2200 11.54 34.62

6. Cable Reference: CommScope #2227V or equal by Belden. 7. Connector Reference: Gilbert #GF US 6.

C. RG11 cabling shall be quad-shield 75 ohm coaxial cable with a 14AWG copper covered steel center conductor with a gas expanded polyethylene dielectric. The shield shall be foil aluminum- laminated tape with overlap bonded to the dielectric, a 60% braid of 34AWG bare aluminum wire, an aluminum laminated tape, and a 40% of 34AWG bare aluminum wire. The outer jacket shall be made of flame retardant polyvinyl chloride. Cable shall be cream in color. 1. Listed NEC CMP (ETL) 2. Impedance: 75.0 +/- 3.0 Ohms 3. Minimum SRL: –20dB from 10 to 300MHz 100% Sweep Tested 4. Minimum SRL: –15dB from 940 to 1450MHz 100% Sweep Tested 5. Minimum Velocity of Propagation: 84% 6. Maximum Attenuation at 68 degrees F as per the following table.

Frequency in MHz dB/100ft db/100m

Page 131: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 6

1 0.15 0.49 10 0.45 1.48 50 0.90 2.95

100 1.28 4.20 200 1.85 6.07 400 2.75 9.02 700 3.92 12.86 900 4.72 15.48

1000 5.04 16.53 1450 6.67 21.79 1800 7.71 25.19 2200 8.50 27.77

7. Cable Reference: CommScope #2287K or equal by Belden. 8. Connector Reference: Gilbert #GF-11 300P.

2.6 RF DISTRIBUTION “BACKBONE/TRUNK/RISER” CABLING (BACKBONE SYSTEM)

A. The Riser cabling from BDF to IDF, and from IDF to IDF shall be PIII-500 CA. Riser cables shall be homerun from the BDF primary splitter network to IDF primary splitter network within each BDF-IDF “riser stack”.

B. PIII-500 CA shall be 0.500” OD aluminum sheath 75 ohm cable with a core consisting of a fully bonded copper clad center conductor with a high compression micro-cellular foam dielectric. The outer tube shall be solid aluminum. 1. Impedance: 75.0 +/- 2.0 Ohms 2. Minimum Velocity of Propagation: 87% 3. Typical Attenuation at 68 degrees F as per the following table.

Frequency in MHz dB/100ft db/100m 5 0.16 0.52

55 0.54 1.77 83 0.66 2.17

211 1.09 3.58 250 1.20 3.94 300 1.31 4.30 350 1.43 4.69 400 1.53 5.02 450 1.63 5.35 500 1.73 5.67 550 1.82 5.97 600 1.91 6.27 750 2.16 7.09 865 2.34 7.68

1000 2.52 8.27

4. Cable Reference: CommScope #P3 500 CA or CCU DoIT approved equal.

Page 132: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 7

5. Connector Reference: Gilbert GRS-500 Series.

2.7 COAXIAL CABLE CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS

A. Connector Reference as previously listed above for each cable type.

B. All "coax" type connectors shall be three piece internally shielded pin type construction KS type connectors for 1/2 inch cable. RG-6 or RG-11 connectors shall be "F" type with attached 1/2 inch radiation shield integrally attached to the connector. Split ring type crimp on connectors shall not be acceptable

C. Equipment shall be furnished and installed as part of, and in conjunction with, build-out of taps and drop (horizontal system) cabling.

2.8 R.F. DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT

A. 8-port coaxial taps shall be furnished and installed in quantities sufficient to terminate all coaxial cabling drops (horizontal system) included on plans. Units shall be housed in a rugged cast aluminum case equipped with flange or D-ring to permit mounting on any flat surface.

B. Tap values shall be selected by the Section 27 54 00 Contractor after drop (horizontal) cable placement and length tagging, whereupon the Contractor shall place materials orders.

C. Taps shall be directly interconnected with PIII 500 CA cable segments.

D. Reference: Antronix Model #MGT28-12 (Gold), -15 (Royal Blue), -18 (Dark Blue), -21 (Dark Orange), -24 (Light Orange), -27 (Red), -30 (Purple), –33 (Pink/Red), -36 (Green), -39 (Black), or CCU DoIT approved equal.

2.9 RF AMPLIFICATION, EQUALIZATION, AND BALANCING EQUIPMENT

A. Furnish and install 1GHz amplification as required to establish and maintain adequate signal level into each IDF cabling stack and propagate signal to each CATV outlet location as per specifications.

B. Equipment shall be furnished and installed as part of, and in conjunction with, build-out of taps and drop (horizontal system) cabling.

2.10 D-RINGS

A. Provide 4” wide aluminum D-Rings for use in mounting each 8-port coaxial tap.

B. Reference: AllenTel GB series or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Page 133: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

CATV (COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION) SYSTEMS 275400 - 8

3.1 INSTALLATION - INTRABUILDING

A. The Contractor shall use separate vertical sleeve(s) for routing of all coaxial intrabuilding trunk cables.

B. Place cables without exceeding cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being pulled in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant if necessary. Use compounds that will not damage conductor

or insulation. 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave or cable grips, that will not

damage cabling or raceways.

C. The Contractor shall secure all coaxial intra-building trunk cables to the BDF walls to prevent movement of the cable. D-rings shall be acceptable for this purpose. The Contractor shall secure the cables to the Cable Runway to prevent movement of the cable. The Contractor shall use the horizontal Cable Runway to route the cable to the MC termination blocks.

D. All cabling shall be continuous and without splices, except to where passing through splitters, taps, amplifiers or other active equipment.

E. Bond and ground all cable shields and drain wires at each end.

F. Tag each and every cable segment, at the BDF and IDF end, for installed length

3.2 TESTING

A. Upon completion of the cable installation, the Contractor shall perform complete cable tests, including but not limited to the following. 1. Continuity checks on each cable segment, checking for "opens" and "shorts" between each

conductor, as well as "shorts" to ground. 2. Cable length – once per cable segment. 3. Correct pair polarity for each cable. 4. Correct cable labeling at each end of each segment.

B. Tests shall be performed with connectors and termination completed and in-place.

C. Any cable or component not satisfactorily passing the tests as described or failing to meet quality installation standards as described in this specification, shall be repaired and/or replaced at the Contractor's expense.

D. The Contractor shall prepare complete cable test reports for all installed cables for review and approval of CCU Engineering prior to acceptance of the cabling system.

E. A copy of the final completed and reviewed cable test reports shall be enclosed in clear vinyl protective covers and posted in the wiring closet for use and reference by CCU Engineering.

END OF SECTION 275400

Page 134: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND

ENCLOSURES

271842 - 1

SECTION 271842 – DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

Page 135: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND

ENCLOSURES

271842 - 2

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.4 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes the minimum requirements for the equipment and cable installations in data centers and communications equipment rooms.

B. This section includes plenum-rated Air Plug assemblies used beneath the Data Center raised access flooring (RAF).

C. Open Frame Equipment Racks and Server Cabinets equipped with PDUs and all accessories, shall be furnished and installed such that both front and rear access is available for installation and maintenance. Racks shall be bolted to the floor. The tops of the racks shall be securely braced to rigid Cable Runway and bracketed to the wall, where applicable. All hardware shall be provided for protection within seismic zones, where applicable.

D. Contractors shall observe minimum clearance requirements as follows, unless otherwise directed by CCU ITS or the Technology Consultant. 1. Cabinets shall be mounted to allow a minimum of 36" access space in both front and rear. 2. The sides of a rack or group of cabinets situated against a wall shall have a minimum clearance of

12” from cabinets to the adjacent wall. Clearance for the access “walk around” end shall be 24” at minimum where no code issues exist and 36” where clearance from electrical panels is required.

3. Refer to Project Drawings for required dimensions.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and

Page 136: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND

ENCLOSURES

271842 - 3

manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval.

B. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Bill of Materials

1.8 MATERIALS FOR USE BY OWNER

A. Furnish materials to CCU as described below: 1. All rack screws in excess of those required to install panels and devices shown in Project Drawings.

Refer to Part 2 Products. 2. All panels in excess of those required to install panels and devices shown in Project Drawings.

Refer to Part 2 Products.

B. Throughout installation, materials shall be securely stored at the project site. When called for by the Owner, materials shall be delivered by the Contractor who shall obtain a signature of acceptance and delivery from CCU.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. APC – American Power Conversion

B. Great Lakes Case and Cabinet

C. Panduit Corporation Structured Ground™ System

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

Page 137: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND

ENCLOSURES

271842 - 4

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 SERVER CABINETS – WITH VERTICAL EXHAUST DUCTS

A. Each cabinet enclosure shall have a rectangular frame with removable top panel, side panels and doors. Installed cabinets shall include thermal, power, and cable management accessories that control airflow through the cabinet and keep network and power cables separate and organized.

B. The cabinet frame shall be rectangular with four (4) corner posts, manufactured from steel and aluminum with welded and bolted frame construction. The horizontal frame members shall be aluminum extrusion with grooves that accept captive hardware to allow attachment of equipment mounting rails and thermal, cable and power management accessories. The captive hardware will slide within the groove allowing rails and accessories to be adjusted in depth without removal from the cabinet.

C. The cabinet frame shall support 2000 lb (1134 kg) of equipment.

D. The cabinet shall be 30” (600 mm) wide by 47.2” (1200 mm) deep by 83.5” (2121 mm) high. Leveler feet will add approximately 1” (25 millimeters) to the height of the frame/cabinet.

E. Each cabinet shall include two (2) pairs of equipment mounting rails. Mounting rails shall bolt to the side of the cabinet frame at the top and bottom of the frame and shall be adjustable in depth to provide front and rear support for equipment. Equipment Mounting Rails shall be spaced horizontally to support 19” (482.6 mm) wide EIA-310-D compliant rack-mount equipment and shall provide up to 38.4” (976 mm) of rail-to-rail depth for equipment. Mounting rails shall be square-punched according to the EIA-310-D Universal hole pattern with equipment mounting holes on alternating 5/8” – 5/8” – 1/2” (15.9 mm – 15.9 mm – 12.7 mm) vertical hole centers. Square-punched holes shall accept cage nut hardware with various threads. Rack mount spaces or units (RMU) shall be 1-3/4” (44.45 mm) high and shall be marked and numbered on the mounting rails. Numbering shall start at the bottom of the rail. Mounting rails shall provide 48 RMU for equipment.

F. Top panel shall include Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) system; a top-mount duct and server top panel with two cable access ports located near the front corners of the frame and a VED located at the rear of the frame. Each cable access port shall be plastic with a brush seal to allow easy addition and removal of cables while limiting bypass airflow. The VED shall be rectangular and shall extend between 20” (508 mm) and 34” (863 mm) to touch the overhead drop ceiling.

G. A curved airflow director shall be included at the bottom rear of the cabinet to guide airflow towards the top of the cabinet. The cabinet frame shall have a seal around the rear door opening to limit bypass airflow around the closed door.

H. The cabinet shall include two (2) locking solid side panels with spring loaded latches for easy installation and removal. The cabinet shall be designed to allow baying with or without side panels installed.

I. The cabinet shall include a single front door with a perforated metal panel, hidden tamper-resistant hinges with quick-release hinge pins and a swing handle. The door shall be removable and reversible to open from

Page 138: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND

ENCLOSURES

271842 - 5

the right or left. The door shall open to 150° when the cabinet is bayed with other cabinets. The front door shall have a single-point slam latch with a keyed lock. Each cabinet shall receive a unique key lock and/or combination lock.

J. The cabinet shall include a single solid metal rear door with a swing handle. The door shall be removable and reversible to open from the right or left. The door shall open to 175° when the cabinet is bayed with other cabinets. The rear door shall have a single-point slam latch with a keyed lock.

K. The cabinet frame and door frames shall be manufactured from steel and aluminum. The top panel and side panels shall be manufactured from steel. Door panels shall be steel. The door handle, side panel latches, rear door hinges and top panel cable access ports shall be plastic. The cabinet frame and front door shall be welded and bolted. The rear door shall be welded. Cabinet components shall assemble with hardware.

L. The mounting rails, top panel, side panels and doors shall be electrically bonded to the cabinet frame. The cabinet frame shall have a prepared location for attaching a grounding lug.

M. The cabinet shall be UL Listed as an Information Technology and Communications Equipment Cabinet, Enclosure and Rack System to standard UL 60950 under category NWIN. UL Listing will be stated in the manufacturer’s product literature.

N. The metal components of the cabinet frame, top panel, side panels, and doors shall be painted teal with epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat paint. The mounting rails shall be zinc-plated and silver-colored. Plastic components shall be teal in color. Architect to provide exact color samples to manufacturer.

O. The cabinet shall include four (4) leveling feet, four (4) clamps for securing the leveling feet to the floor and a grounding lug for bonding the cabinet frame to the Common Bonding Network (CBN) or Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB).

P. Reference: Great Lakes Case and Cabinet: ES Server Enclosure - GL910ES-3042 1. Include all miscellaneous materials for installation and mounting.

2.4 SWITCHED RACK POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT (PDU)

A. Furnish and install two (2) monitored PDU per each Server Cabinet.

B. Input voltage: 100-240 VAC via detachable L6-20P power cord, included.

C. Output voltage: 100-240 VAC via twenty-one (21) IEC-320-C13 and three (3) IEC-320-C19 receptacles.

D. Power connections shall be routed from beneath the Raised Access Floor (RAF).

E. LCD display with input button control, serial port, network port, USB, and environmental sensor ports included.

F. Reference: American Power Conversion (APC) # #AP8659NA3. Provide Structureware software for monitoring of PDU devices.

Page 139: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND

ENCLOSURES

271842 - 6

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

A. Free-Standing Cabinets 1. Install all components of the cabinet system (cabinet, mounting rails, cable managers, power

managers, power strips, environmental sensors, and thermal management accessories). 2. Install and adjust to position all accessories including vertical cable and power strip/cord managers,

vertical power strips, equipment-mounting rails, airflow baffles, and the vertical exhaust duct using the manufacturer’s installation instructions prior to baying and/or placing the cabinet for attachment to the building. Shelves, horizontal cable managers and filler panels, if used, shall be installed after the cabinet is placed.

3. Cabinets shall be secured to the structural floor using manufacturer’s installation instructions and appropriate hardware as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). Installers shall furnish and install miscellaneous installation hardware. When placed over a raised floor, secure the cabinet to the structural floor through the raised floor panels using threaded rod.

4. When used in a multi-cabinet bay, cabinets shall be attached side-by-side using accessory baying kits according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

5. Attach overhead Cable Runway or cable tray to the ceiling, independent of the cabinet. Maintain a 3” (75 mm) minimum clearance between the top of the cabinet and the bottom of the Cable Runway/cable tray. Cable Runway/cable tray shall be positioned so that it does not interfere with hot air exhaust through the cabinet’s top panel. Use radius drops where cable enters/exits the Cable Runway/cable tray. Alternately, attach Cable Runway/cable tray to the top of cabinets using an elevation kit so that Cable Runway/cable tray is a minimum of 3” (75 mm) above the cabinet. Note: Seismic installations require additional bracing of cabinets and overhead cable runways to building structure as advised by and certified by a licensed structural Engineer. Refer to Section 27 05 00 – Common Work Results for Communications.

6. Cabinets shall be securely bonded to the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB). Attach a bonding conductor sized as defined in J-STD-607-A and as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) between the TGB and the Cabinet. Attach the bonding conductor to the cabinet using included hardware according to the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The installer shall furnish and install the bonding conductor and other necessary hardware required to make the connections between the cabinet and the TGB. Refer to Section 27 05 00 – Common Work Results for Communications.

B. Structured Grounding System – Refer to Section 27 05 00 Common Work Results for Communications 1. Structured grounding system shall provide a low resistance, verifiable, dedicated path to a locally

provided TGB for purposes of maintaining performance, protection, and network reliability.

Page 140: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND

ENCLOSURES

271842 - 7

2. All communications spaces including, but not limited to, BDF, IDF, SE shall require a structured grounding system to which all communications rack, cabinet, Cable Runway, wall frame, and equipment grounding shall be terminated.

3. Furnish and install equipment including, but not limited to: a. Copper Compression HTAP(s) b. Copper Compression Two-Hole Lugs c. Rack-Mounted Grounding Strips(s) d. Cabinet-mounted Front-to-Rail Jumper(s) e. Paint-piercing Bonding Screws and Studs f. Paint-piercing Grounding Washers g. ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Studs and Static Wrist Straps (on per rack or cabinet).

C. Conductors 1. Within each communications space Data Center, BDF, IDF, SE, and any other information

transport systems distribution space, the Division 27 Contractor shall furnish and install an individual home-run of green insulated stranded 6AWG copper ground wire directly from the TGB or TMGB to each and every assembly as follows: a. Rack or Cabinet b. Cable Runway Assembly c. BET (Building Entrance Terminal) d. Wall and Rack Mounted Frame e. CCU furnished Network Electronics Unit f. Shielded Patch Panel g. Primary Protector h. Secondary Protector

2. Route conductors on short direct paths that have minimum resistive and inductive impedance as follows: a. Bonding conductors shall be routed with minimum bends or changes in direction b. Bonding connections shall be made directly to the points being bonded. c. Do not bend the grounding conductor wires into tight angles. Changes in direction shall be

of the widest radius possible. d. Unnecessary connections or splices in bonding conductors shall be avoided. When

absolutely necessary, use an approved connection and position it in an accessible location.

3. All open frame rack assemblies and cabinets shall require vertical rack grounding strips (RGS). Strips shall be mounted on the back side of the vertical rack rails for two-post assemblies and on the back side of the front post for four-post assemblies. These mounting arrangements apply both to racks based on UTP and F/UTP cabling. Division 27 Contractor shall confirm details with CCU IT prior to proceeding with the installation.

END OF SECTION 271842

Page 141: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH

PANELS

271853 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271843 - DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

Q. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 142: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH

PANELS

271853 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes: 1. Panels for Backbone Cabling Systems

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Page 143: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH

PANELS

271853 - 3

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Corning Cable Systems

B. Ortronics/BerkTek - NetClear Clarity 10G

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 PATCH PANELS FOR COPPER BACKBONE/RISER CABLING

A. For data center, equipment room, and other information transport distribution spaces: 1. Provide High Density angled 24-Port and 48-Port Category 6A UTP Patch Panels with insulation

displacement connecting blocks for termination of all backbone cabling. Insulation displacement connecting blocks shall be based on linear 110 style fixed-port configurations.

2. Patch Panels shall contain 8-position RJ-45 UTP ports that meet or exceed transmission performance of Category 6A for the backbone channel.

3. Patch Panels shall terminate four (4) pairs of Category 6A UTP backbone cabling.

B. All panels and ports shall be black in color.

C. Reference: Ortronics #OR-PHA610U24, #OR-PHA610U48.

2.4 DISTRIBUTION PANELS FOR OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING

A. Optical Fiber Distribution Panels shall be rack mount enclosures with front and rear removable doors, removable top, large front-mounted fiber guides, and integrated hinged optical jumper manager. “144-Port” panels shall accept up to twelve (12) connector panels, supporting a maximum of one-hundred fort-four (144) “LC” style couplings in 4U rack space. “24-Port” panels shall accept up to two (2) connector panels, supporting a maximum of twenty-four (24) “LC” style couplings in 1U rack space.

B. Each panel shall include a full complement of blank adapter panels, labels, cable storage accessories, and optical fiber cable routing accessory kit.

C. Optical Fiber Distribution Panels shall include duplex “LC” style coupler panels and connectors as required for the complement of multimode optical fiber elements and duplex “LC” style coupler panels and

Page 144: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH

PANELS

271853 - 4

connectors as required for the complement of single mode optical fiber elements, indicated on Project Drawings.

D. Multimode Connector Panels shall be color coded according to the optical fiber type for which they are applied. Laser-optimized 50/125μm multimode shall be aqua.

E. Single Mode Connector Panels shall be color coded according to the optical fiber type for which they are applied. 8.3/125μm single mode shall be blue.

F. Reference: “144-Port” (4U) Optical Fiber Distribution Panel shall be Corning Cable Systems #PCH-04U.

G. Reference: “24-Port” (1U) Optical Fiber Distribution Panel shall be Corning Cable Systems #PCH-01U.

2.5 UNIVERSAL PLUG & PLAY MODULES FOR OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING

A. Reference: Corning #CCH-UM12-05-93T (OM3), #CCH-UM12-04-89G (OS2)

2.6 OPTICAL FIBER JUMPERS

A. All jumpers shall be furnished and installed by the Owner’s Representative.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All Patch Panels and Distribution Panels shall be securely mounted in the rack with a minimum of four (4) rack screws located in the four corners of each panel.

B. All Panels shall be arranged in sequential order from top to bottom and left to right within racks and shall be labeled in alphanumeric order according to the CCU-approved labeling scheme.

C. Panels for shielded cabling or interlocking armor, where applicable, shall be bonded and grounded to rack frames within which they are installed and terminated directly to the CBN (Common Bonding Network) or TGB (Telecommunications Grounding Busbar) within the data center or equipment room.

END OF SECTION 271843

Page 145: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE

RUNWAY

271844 - 1

SECTION 271844 - DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE RUNWAY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

Q. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

R. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

Page 146: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE

RUNWAY

271844 - 2

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.4 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. This section includes the minimum requirements for the equipment and cable installations in data centers and communications equipment rooms.

B. The predominant type of rack/cabinet to be furnished and installed shall be: 1. Server Cabinet/Enclosure with Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED)

C. Open Frame Equipment Racks and Server Cabinets equipped with PDUs and all accessories, shall be furnished and installed such that both front and rear access is available for installation and maintenance. Racks shall be bolted to the floor. The tops of the racks shall be securely braced to rigid Cable Runway and bracketed to the wall, where applicable. All hardware shall be provided for protection within seismic zones, where applicable.

D. Contractors shall observe minimum clearance requirements as follows, unless otherwise directed by CCU ITS or the Technology Consultant. 1. Racks shall be mounted to allow a minimum of 36" access space in both front and rear. 2. The sides of a rack or group of racks situated against a wall shall have a minimum clearance of 12”

from rack to the adjacent wall. Clearance for the access “walk around” end shall be 24” at minimum where no code issues exist and 36” where clearance from electrical panels is required.

3. Refer to Project Drawings for required dimensions.

E. The work covered under this section consists of furnishing all necessary coordination, labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services required to install complete Cable Runway systems within all data center and equipment room spaces, as indicated within project Drawings.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Page 147: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE

RUNWAY

271844 - 3

A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval.

B. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Bill of Materials

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Amp NetConnect

B. Commscope

C. Cooper/B-Line

D. Panduit Corporation

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 CABLE RUNWAY AND ACCESSORIES

Page 148: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE

RUNWAY

271844 - 4

A. Cable Runway shall be manufactured from 3/8” wide by 1-1/2” high tubular steel with .065” wall thickness.

B. Cable Runway (side stringers) shall be 9’-11½“ long. Cross members shall be welded in between stringers on 12” centers beginning 5-3/4” from one end so that there are 10 cross members per Cable Runway. There shall be 10-1/2” of open space in between each cross member.

C. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat (paint) black in color.

D. Furnish and install 18 inch and 24 inch width ladder style cable runway sections in the data center and equipment room spaces as indicated on Project Drawings. Cable Runway shall be suspended from the structure above using all necessary hardware and miscellaneous materials.

E. Cable Runway shall be black in color. Include J-Bolts and associated mounting hardware. Reference: CPI #10250-718, # 10250-724. Equal by Cooper/B-Line or Legrand-Ortronics.

F. Cable Runway Radius Drops shall be mounted to stringer and cross members using clevis pins, where cabling must turn down into tops of vertical cable managers. Drops shall be black in color. Reference: CPI #12100-718. Equal by Cooper/B-Line or Legrand-Ortronics.

G. Wall Mounting Angles shall be black in color. Include J-Bolts and associated mounting hardware. Reference: CPI #11421-718, #11421-724. Equal by Cooper/B-Line or Legrand-Ortronics.

H. Vertical Wall Brackets Reference: #10608-701. Equal by Cooper/B-Line or Legrand-Ortronics.

I. Cable Runway Foot Reference: #11309-701. Equal by Cooper/B-Line or Legrand-Ortronics.

J. Butt Splice Kits. Reference: CPI #11301-701. Equal by Cooper/B-Line or Legrand-Ortronics.

K. Cable Retaining Posts shall be installed to create a cable trough effect using ladder style tray. Posts shall be black in color. Reference: CPI #10596-706, #10596-708, #10596-710. Equal by Cooper/B-Line or Homaco.

L. Protective End Caps shall be black in color. Reference: CPI #10642-001, #10757-001, or equal by Cooper/B-Line or Legrand-Ortronics.

M. Cable Runway within the Data Center shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of 75 lbs./ft. on a five foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both side rails and rung capacities

N. Furnish and install all hardware as required to form a complete system, whether or not specifically listed herein. Examples of required miscellaneous hardware include, but are not limited to threaded rod, threaded rod cover, beam clamps, lock nuts, runway and ceiling support brackets, slip-on support brackets, vertical wall brackets, etc.

2.4 FIBER RACEWAY AND ACCESSORIES

A. The optical fiber cable raceway specified herein shall be used for routing, separating, and protecting optical fiber jumpers.

Page 149: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE

RUNWAY

271844 - 5

B. The raceway system must be UL Listed and utilize material, which exhibit flame resistant characteristics, tested in accordance with UL94. The raceway base and hinged cover shall be available in 6’ lengths.

C. Raceway shall be a two-piece design with a base and hinged cover that incorporates integral high friction design to retain and inhibit cover movement and shall be available in dimensions as follows: 1. 12” wide by 4” deep with an approximate wall thickness of 0.12”. 2. 6” wide by 4” deep with an approximate wall thickness of 0.12”. 3. 4” wide by 4” deep with an approximate wall thickness of 0.12”.

D. Base and cover shall be manufactured of rigid PVC compound and shall be black in color.

E. Couplers shall be used at each connection. Each connection of fitting to fitting, raceway to fitting, and raceway to raceway shall require a coupler. Couplers shall be supplied pre-assembled not requiring any bolts to fasten. This coupler shall be removable when needed.

F. A full complement of fittings must be available including, but not limited to 45 degree and 90 degree flat, vertical inside and outside elbows, tee and cross fittings, reducers, end caps and all other components necessary to make the system workable. Refer to Project Drawings for specifics.

G. Fittings shall be capable of maintaining a 2” minimum cable bend radius. The fittings shall be manufactured from ABS. The fittings shall be black in color. All fitting base and covers shall be supplied as separate components.

H. A full complement of mounting brackets must be available including but not limited to new and existing threaded rod bracket kits, ladder rack bracket kits, wall bracket kits and all other components necessary to make the system workable. The mounting brackets shall be manufactured from a commercial grade cold rolled steel with zinc chromate finish or painted black power coat finish. The brackets shall attach to the raceway by securing to the rail on the bottom of the base.

I. Reference: Amp NetConnect FiberGuide 4” x 12” system, black in color for all raceway and components.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

A. CABLE RUNWAY

Page 150: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE

RUNWAY

271844 - 6

1. Cable Runway shall be installed with side stringers facing down so that the ladder forms an inverted U-shape and so that welds between the stringers (sides) and cross members (middle) face away from cables.

2. Cable Runway shall be supported every 5 feet on center with 5/8 inch diameter threaded rod, or applicable support brackets or racks. Exposed portion of threaded rod shall be protected with tubular cover throughout the portion of the rod exposed to cabling within the maximum fill area.

3. Cable Runway shall be secured to the structural ceiling, building truss system, wall, floor or the tops of equipment racks and/or cabinets using the manufacturer’s recommended supports and appropriate installation hardware and methods as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).

4. Cable Runway splices shall be made in mid-span, not over a support, using the manufacturer’s recommended splice hardware.

5. Cable Runway shall be supported every 5’ or less in accordance with TIA-569-B. Cable Runway shall be supported within 2’ of every splice and within 2’ on both/all sides of every intersection. Support Cable Runway within 2’ on both sides of every change in elevation. Support Cable Runway every 2’ when attached vertically to a wall.

6. Heavy-duty splices are recommended for Cable Runway in excess of 18” width (18” wide Cable Runway). Heavy-duty splices are required for any splice formed in the vertical orientation including changes in elevation formed using vertical-to-horizontal 90° turns or horizontal-to-vertical 90° turns. Use heavy-duty splices to secure all overhead turns to the overhead horizontal pathway(s).

7. When the pathway is overhead, Cable Runway shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12” above the Cable Runway. Leave a minimum of 12” in between Cable Runway and ceiling/building truss structure. Leave a minimum of 3” in between Cable Runway and the tops of equipment racks and/or cabinets. Multiple tiers of Cable Runway shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12” in between each tier of Cable Runway. When located above an acoustical drop ceiling, leave a minimum of 3” clearance between the top of the drop ceiling tiles and the bottom of the Cable Runway.

8. Within each BDF and IDF, Cable Runway should be bonded together, electrically continuous, and bonded to the TMGB and TGB, unless otherwise specifically noted in the Project Drawings. Cable Runway and turns shall be bonded across each splice with a bonding kit. Cable Runway shall be bonded to the TMGB and TGB using an approved ground lug on the Cable Runway and a minimum #6 grounding wire or as recommended by the AHJ. Remove paint from the Cable Runway where bonding/ground lugs contact the Cable Runway so that the lug shall contact bare metal. Use antioxidant joint compound in between the bare metal on the Cable Runway and ground lug. Use antioxidant joint compound in between the bus bar and the ground lug. Verify continuity through the bonds at splices and intersections between individual Cable Runway sections and turns and through the bond to the TMGB and TGB.

9. The combined weight of cables within the Cable Runway shall not exceed the stated load capacity of the Cable Runway as stated in the manufacturer’s product specifications or load/design tables.

10. Straps shall not required when Cable Runway is equipped with cable retaining posts. 11. Add 8” high cable retaining posts to the open sides of Cable Runway as indicated in Project

Drawings. Cable fill within any Cable Runway should not exceed 6” in height. 12. When a single Cable Runway supports different types of cable media, the cable media shall be

separated within the pathway by cable spools that attach to the cross members on the Cable Runway.

13. Use a radius drop to guide cables wherever cable exits overhead Cable Runway to access a rack, cabinet or wall-mounted rack, cabinet or termination field. Furnish and install a moveable cross

Page 151: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND CABLE

RUNWAY

271844 - 7

member also to attach and align the radius drop in between the welded cross members of a Cable Runway.

14. Cover the exposed ends of cable runway that do not terminate against a wall, the floor or the ceiling with end caps or an end closing kit.

15. Use auxiliary support brackets that attach to the side stringer of the Cable Runway to support interconnect cabling (patch cords, equipment cords, jumper cords) that is routed between racks using the Cable Runway. Auxiliary support brackets can be used to support other conductors that should be physically separated from cables within the Cable Runway as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).

16. Whenever possible, maintain a 2’ separation between Cable Runway used for communications cables and pathways for other utilities or building services.

17. The installer shall furnish and apply touch-up paint color-matched to the finish on the Cable Runway and shall correct any minor cosmetic damage (chips, small scratches, etc.) resulting from normal handling during the installation process prior to delivery to the owner. If a component is cosmetically damaged to the extent that correction in the field is obvious against the factory finish, the component shall be replaced with a new component finished from the factory. If a component is physically damaged due to mishandling or modification during the installation process, it shall not be used as part of the Cable Runway system.

18. Install Cable Runway level and straight unless specifically notes on Project Drawings. 19. Furnish and install seismic protection products for all Cable Runway hardware assemblies. 20. Alternate spacing ladder arrangements shall be made for all Cable Runway runs above and parallel

to BDF and IDF rack rows so that space above entry point into vertical wire managers remains clear and precise alignment of cable runway radius drops can be assured.

21. Ladder type runway shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of 135 lbs./ft. on a five foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both side rails and rung capacities.

END OF SECTION 271844

Page 152: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271851 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271851- DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

Q. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

R. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

S. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

Page 153: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271851 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The copper backbone hierarchy employed by CCU – DoIT (Department of Information Technology) includes Interbuilding, Intrabuilding, Data Center, and Service Provider cabling systems.

B. Intrabuilding copper cabling systems represent the primary copper riser/distribution system, originating within at the SE (Service Entrance), that serve IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) facilities located on the same floors and those above or below as well as interconnecting the Data Center MDA with both Primary and Secondary Demarcs.

C. Service Provider cabling systems are most often not-in-contract, but will require pathways that are furnished and installed by Division 26.

D. Refer to Project Drawings, “Technology Building Riser” and “Data Center Riser” for specific requirements of each building site.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

Page 154: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271851 - 3

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Berk-Tek Clarity 10G (Owner Preferred Product)

B. Panduit Corporation TX6A 10Gig

C. The Siemon Company ZMAX 6A

D. CommScope/Systimax Solutions GigaSPEED X10D

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 COPPER BACKBONE CABLING

A. The Backbone is the portion of the telecommunications cabling system that extends from the MDA (Main Distribution Area) connector to the EDA (Equipment Distribution Area), located in the Data Center and from the MDA to the Demarc Rooms. It consists of the telecommunications outlet/connector, UTP, and patch panel. 1. Backbone cabling for data shall be performance rated EIA/TIA Category 6A, at minimum. All

cables shall be imprinted by the manufacturer as Category 6A. 2. All cabling shall consist of four (4) unshielded twisted pairs, 23 AWG (Category 6A) solid bare

copper conductors, color-coded per the band strip color coding conventional standard as follows: a. Pair #1 - White/Blue-Blue/White b. Pair #2 - White/Orange-Orange/White c. Pair #3 - White/Green-Green/White d. Pair #4 - White/Brown-Brown/White

3. All Backbone system cables shall marked CMP or CMR (as minimum requirement) for the environment in which they are to be installed. These markings shall also include the name of the

Page 155: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271851 - 4

cable manufacturer and the category performance rating. Cable jacket shall be sequentially marked at 2-foot intervals.

4. Category 6A horizontal cabling shall be blue in color.

B. Reference: BerkTek LANMark 10G2 (Owner Preferred Product), Panduit PUP6A04BU-UG, Siemon 9C6P4-A5-06-R1A, Systimax 2091B BL,

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

B. Unless otherwise noted, the footages for cabling and materials shown on the Project Drawings are based upon available plant records, architectural drawings, or the engineer’s route and pathway assumptions. The Contractor shall be required to perform field surveys and measurements, prior to ordering materials.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Backbone copper cabling runs shall be placed in one continuous end-to-end length between the MDA and the EDA and between the MDA and Demarc Rooms, without splices of any kind.

B. Where J-Hooks and independent cable supports are used, runs shall follow walls and building supporting structures; diagonal runs shall not be acceptable. Independent cable supports shall be located on 48” to 60” centers to adequately support and distribute the cable weight.

C. Place cables without exceeding cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being pulled in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant only if necessary. Use compounds that will not damage

conductor or insulation. 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave or cable grips, that will not

damage cabling or raceways.

D. Cabling shall be arranged on the patch panels in sequential numerical order by cable number.

3.3 CERTIFICATION TESTING

A. Unless pre-approved by CCU DoIT, all copper certification testing shall be performed using test equipment manufactured by Fluke Networks. Test results shall be provided using Fluke Networks Linkware Management Software.

Page 156: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271851 - 5

B. Test equipment shall be equipped with the most current software upgrades to meet applicable testing standards. Calibration of the testing instruments shall be current as per the manufacturer’s requirements. Test cords, adapters, and connectors shall be maintained in good order. Test instruments must be identified on the applicable summary test forms as to make, model, software generic, and calibration date.

C. This Contractor may be required to field demonstrate the calibration and testing procedures to CCU DoIT. CCU DoIT shall confirm the demonstration requirement prior to start of field test operations.

D. Full testing shall be performed on each Category 6A permanent link (Patch Panel to Patch Panel and Patch Panel to Work Area Outlet) by trained technicians who have successfully attended an appropriate training program and have obtained a certificate as proof thereof. The test of each link shall include all of the parameters as detailed below. In order to pass, the test measurements must all meet or exceed the limit value determined in the TIA/EIA Category 6A Standard. Perform and record the tests and prepare full reports for inclusion in O&M Manuals.

E. All new cable pairs shall be 100% tested and passed by the criteria as established herein.

F. Autotest settings, provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling, shall be set to the manufacturer default parameters for the type and characteristics of the cable to be tested including NVP (Nominal Velocity of Propagation).

G. Tests shall be performed with connectors and termination completed and in-place.

H. The Division 27 Contractor shall provide 48-hours notice to the CCU DoIT Engineer prior to commencement of cable testing. The Engineer shall, at his discretion, be present to observe any and all cable test procedures. Cable testing procedures shall be acceptable to the Engineer.

I. This Contractor shall produce summary test reports to be accepted by the CCU DoIT Engineer at the completion of each project phase. Test reports shall be completely and legibly filled out, dated, and signed by the person performing the tests. The completed forms shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance for authorization to proceed into the next installation phase.

J. Non-compliant horizontal cables shall be replaced with new materials, and re-tested as specified.

K. Any cable or component not satisfactorily passing the tests as described or failing to meet quality installation standards as described in this specification, shall be repaired and/or replaced at the Contractor's expense.

L. The Contractor shall prepare final and complete cable test reports for all installed cables for review and approval of CCU DoIT prior to acceptance of the cabling system. Final and complete test results shall be included within O&M Manuals. Refer to Section 27 00 00 Communications General, Submittals.

3.4 LABELING

A. Wire and cable identification shall consist of self-laminating, permanently applied, pre-printed wrap-around markers, and all other identification shall consist of high-performance materials. Marker shall be located within 3 to 6 inches of the termination. Labels must withstand the requirements of UL 969 as outlined in the EIA/TIA Standard.

Page 157: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING 271851 - 6

B. The labeling scheme for the Horizontal System shall consist of a seven-character sequence for each port. The first three alpha-numeric characters, followed by a dash, designate the BDF (Building Distribution Frame) or IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame) from which the cabling originates. The last four numeric characters shall be assigned as a separate and unique cable number, assigned to each patch panel port.

3.5 FIRESTOPPING

A. Firestopping shall be installed after all cabling under contract has been installed.

END OF SECTION 271851

Page 158: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271852 - DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271619 – Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wire

Q. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

R. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

S. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

Page 159: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 2

T. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.4 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The optical fiber hierarchy employed by CCU (Department of Information Technology) includes Interbuilding, Intrabuilding, Data Center, and Service Provider cabling systems. The Data Center system is referred to as a Modular Plug & Play configuration.

B. Modular Plug & Play systems include factory-terminated system components which can be quickly mated to form an end-to-end optical link between patching locations and/or equipment ports.

C. Service Provider cabling systems are most often not-in-contract, but will require pathways that are furnished and installed by Division 26.

D. Refer to Project Drawings, “Technology Building Riser” and “Data Center Riser” for specific requirements.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Specification Sheets for Test Equipment

D. Bill of Materials

Page 160: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 3

E. Contracting Firm Qualifications and Certifications

F. Installation Team Qualifications by Individual

G. Current Manufacturer Certifications

H. 100% Test Results as detailed within PART 3 EXECUTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Corning Cable Systems

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 OPTICAL FIBER TRUNKS

A. Trunk Function and Construction 1. Trunks shall be constructed from a cable type specified in Table 1. 2. Operating temperature range for cable portion of trunks shall be as indicated in Table 1. 3. Operation of termination portion of trunks shall be -10 to 60 C. 4. Trunks shall be non-armored cables all-dielectric construction. 5. Trunk fiber count shall be specified as 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96, or 144. 6. When terminated with MTP connectors, trunks shall be furcated (subdivided) into 12-fiber legs

(subunits). Legs are staggered with a standard 24" minimum leg length in order to utilize a small form factor pulling grip. Legs staggered at a 36" minimum leg length shall be available for applications in EDGE Hardware.

7. Trunk length shall be specified as the distance between furcation points at each end of the cable and shall not be inclusive of the length of the legs at each end.

8. MTP trunk furcation shall consist of a molded strain relief device secured by heat shrink. Single fiber trunk furcation plugs shall consist of a strain relief device incorporated into a molded outer shell filled with an epoxy encapsulant.

9. Trunk furcation shall provide a mounting point for a protective pulling grip and shall be capable of sustaining the rated tensile load of 100 lbs for 12 to 48 fibers and 300lbs for all other fiber counts.

Page 161: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 4

10. Trunks shall be manufactured from cables qualified to the design and test criterion indicated in Table 2.

11. Trunks shall meet the connector performance specifications of TIA/EIA-568-C.3, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard, (normative) Annex A.

Table 1: Trunks

Cable Type/Flame Rating (12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96, 144 Fibers)

Design & Test Criterion(3) Special Features

Indoor/Plenum(1) 12/144-Fiber Distribution

ICEA S-83-596

-10/60 C operating range Optimal cable routing(4)

Note (1): Non-armored all-dielectric. Note (3): Cable Standards published by Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). Note (4): Reduced diameter and round furcation legs provide optimal routing through cable pathways and hardware

B. Trunk Fiber Types, Optical Specifications, and Jacket Color

1. Available fiber types and their optical performance specifications shall be as indicated in Table 2. 2. Trunk jacket color shall be as indicated in Table 2.

C. Trunk Connectivity

1. Where modular trunks are specified, connectors shall be MTP connectors having 12 fibers per ferrule.

2. MTP-terminated primary trunks shall have non-pinned MTP connectors on both ends. 3. MTP-terminated extender trunks shall have pinned MTP connectors on the end to be

interconnected with a primary trunk and non-pinned MTP connectors on the other end. 4. Trunks shall be offered with Type A, B and C configurations per TIA/EIA 568 C.3 5. Where specified, single-fiber or dual-fiber connectors shall be as indicated in Table 3.

Table 2: Trunks - Fiber Type, Optical Specifications, Jacket Colors

Property

Multimode Single-mode Pretium 300 50/125 (850/1300nm)

Dispersion Unshifted (1310/1550 nm)

Fiber Attenuation, max (dB/km) 3.0/1.0 0.4/0.3 LED Bandwidth, min (MHz•km)

1500/500 --/--

Effective Modal Bandwidth, min (MHz•km)

2000/-- (1) --/--

Jacket Color Indoor Cable

Aqua

Yellow

Note (1): As predicted by minEMBc, per TIA/EIA 455-220 and IEC 60793-1-49 for high performance laser-based sys-tems (up to 10 Gb/s).

Table 3: Trunk, Harness, Module Connectivity - Available Break-out Connector Type Property Multimode Single-mode

Page 162: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 5

Connector Type LC duplex LC duplex (UPC)(1)

Note (1): Ultra PC connector polish; reflectance = -55 dB, max.

D. Trunk Protective Covers 1. Trunks shall have a protective packaging over the furcation plug, legs, and connectors on both ends

and a pulling grip on one end.

E. Reference: Corning Non-Armored Plenum Trunks (OM3) #G757512TPNDDUxxxF, G757524TPNDDUxxxF, G757548TPNDDUxxxF. Lengths as required to distribute according to Project Drawings TP212 and TR200.

Corning Non-Armored Plenum Trunks (PS2) #G909012GPNDDUxxxF, #G909024GPNDDUxxxF, Lengths as required to distribute according to Project Drawings TP212 and TR200.

2.4 MODULE SPECIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS

A. Module Function and Construction 1. Modules shall provide a means for joining MTP terminated trunks entering the back of an

appropriately designed connector housing to jumpers or cables entering the front of the housing. 2. Modules shall be dimensionally compatible with Corning Cable Systems LANscape™ and

Pretium™ rack-mountable connector housings. Modules shall be mountable in a manner similar to the mounting of patch panels.

3. When mounted, modules shall protrude no more than 3.28 in into the connector housing. 4. When mounted in connector housing, duplex adapter sleeves of the modules shall be accessible

from the front of the connector housing, thus providing a means for jumper cross-connection with other modules or panels.

5. LC modules shall have shutter LC adapters at the front. 6. Modules shall contain one (1) 12-fiber cable assembly within a protective housing.

B. Module Fiber Types and Optical Specifications 1. Available fiber types and their optical performance specifications shall be as indicated in Table 6.

Table 6: Modules - Fiber Types, Optical Specifications, Adapter Colors

Property

Multimode Single-mode Pretium 300 50/125 (850/1300nm)

Dispersion Un-shifted (1310 nm)

LED Bandwidth, min (MHz•km)

1500/500 --/--

Effective Modal Bandwidth, min (MHz•km)

2000/-- (1) --/--

Adapter Color LC(3)

Aqua

Blue

Page 163: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 6

Note (1): As predicted by minEMBc, per TIA/EIA 455-220 and IEC 60793-1-49 for high performance laser-based sys-tems (up to 10 Gb/s).

2.5 COMPONENT OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS

A. All components shall meet the maximum insertion loss values shown in Table 7. Table 7: Components Optical Specifications

Insertion Loss Multimode Single-mode Insertion Loss, max (dB)(1)

LC mated Pair loss Standard Low Loss(2)

Laser-optimized 50/125

(850/1300nm)

--/--

0.5 --/--

0.35

0.15

Note (1): Insertion loss specifications when mated to other system components of a like performance specification. Note (2): Low loss multimode performance is available with Laser-optimized Pretium™ Solutions 300 fiber and Pre-

tium™ Solutions 550 fiber with LC connectors.

2.6 UNIVERSAL POLARITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

A. Trunks and modules shall follow the fiber routing schematic of Figure 2. 1. Standard Ribbon Position is defined as having the end face of the blue fiber on the left of the MTP

connector as the MTP end face is viewed in the key up position. 2. Reverse Ribbon Position is defined as having the end face of the blue fiber on the right of the MTP

connector as the MTP end face is viewed in the key up position. 3. Keys schematically represented in the down position are drawn with a dashed line.

B. All MTP connectors shall mate key-up to key-down.

C. Primary trunks shall have MTPs on one end oriented in the Standard Ribbon Position and MTPs on the other end oriented in the Reverse Ribbon Position.

D. Modules shall contain MTPs in the Standard Ribbon Position.

E. Modules shall have polarity-managed fiber routing as shown in Figure 2.

2.7 OPTICAL FIBER JUMPERS

A. All jumpers shall be furnished and installed by the Owner’s Representative.

Page 164: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 7

Figure 2: Universal Wiring Scheme – Modules on Both Ends

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Examine all elements intended for Communications. Check pathways, raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, installation hazards or impediments, and other conditions affecting installation. Verify that all work required in the field is adequately described in the plans. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions and discrepancies have been brought to the attention of the General Contractor or Construction Manager and corrected.

B. Unless otherwise noted, the footages for cabling and materials shown on the Project Drawings are based upon available plant records, architectural drawings, or the Engineer’s route and pathway assumptions. The Contractor shall be required to perform field surveys and measurements, prior to ordering materials.

3.2 INSTALLATION

MTP Key-down

Identical “Universal” Modules

Guide Pin

MTP Key-up with Reverse Ribbon

Positioning

Simplex/Duplex Fiber Terminations

Page 165: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 8

A. The Contractor shall use common vertical sleeve(s) for routing of all optical inter-building backbone/riser cables. Cables shall be supported vertically within the Data Center and equipment spaces using overhead Cable Runway.

B. All optical fiber cabling shall be riser or plenum-rated as required for the environment into which it is placed.

C. Place cables without exceeding cable manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being pulled in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave or cable grips, that will not

damage cabling or raceways.

D. The Contractor shall secure the cables to the Cable Runway to prevent movement of the cable. The Contractor shall use the horizontal Cable Runway above each of the racks and cabinets.

E. Within the Data Center and Demarc Rooms, the Contractor shall furnish a ten (10) foot service loop within the rear vertical cable manager compartment at both ends of each cable segment.

F. All Data Center cabling shall be continuous and without splices of any kind.

G. Bond and ground all interlocking armor, where applicable, at each end of the cable.

H. Cabling shall be arranged on the distribution panels in sequential numerical order by individual element according to optical fiber color code.

I. Prior to shipment, both cable ends shall be protected and sealed with a waterproof cap to prevent moisture from entering the cable.

J. The cable reel shall be shipped with OTDR results for each fiber. OTDR results shall show attenuation and bandwidth. The results shall be documented in such a manner that the information can be retained for future use.

3.3 CERTIFICATION TESTING

A. The Division 27 Contractor may be required to field demonstrate the testing and test equipment calibration procedures to CCU DoIT. The Contractor shall confirm the demonstration requirement before the onset of field test operations.

B. Full testing shall be performed on each cabling segment (connector to connector). Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare full reports for inclusion in O&M Manuals.

C. All optical fiber elements/strands shall be 100% tested and documented as per procedures contained herein. All fiber elements/strands shall be useable.

D. Unless pre-approved by CCU DoIT, all fiber certification testing shall be performed using test instruments manufactured by Fluke Networks. Test results shall be provided using Fluke Networks Linkware Management Software. All Field-test instruments shall have the latest software and firmware installed. Calibration of the testing instruments shall be current as per manufacturer’s specifications. Test cords,

Page 166: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 9

adapters, and connectors shall be clean and maintained in good order. Test instruments shall be identified on the test summary forms as to make, model, software generic, and calibration date.

E. All tests shall be performed by trained technicians who have successfully attended an appropriate training program that includes testing with an Optical Loss Test Set (OLTS) and an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) and have obtained a certificate of proof thereof. Certificates may have been issued by any of the following:

1. Manufacturer of the test equipment used for field certification. 2. BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Service International) authorized training programs.

F. Testing of the cabling shall be performed using high-quality test cords of the same fiber type as the cabling under test. The test cords for OLTS testing shall be between 1m and 5m in length. A launch cable shall be installed between the OTDR and the first link connection and a receive cable shall be installed after the last link connection. The test cords for OTDR testing shall be approximately 100m for the launch cable and at least 25 m for the receive cable.

G. Link attenuation shall not include any active devices or passive devices other than cable, connectors, and splices, i.e. link attenuation shall not include such devices as optical bypass switches, couplers, repeaters, or optical amplifiers.

H. The contractor shall perform a Tier 1 (attenuation, length, and polarity) certification test for each optical fiber element/strand.

I. The contractor shall perform a Tier 2 (OTDR) certification test for each optical fiber element/strand.

J. Multimode backbone links shall be tested at 850nm and 1300nm wavelengths in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-14A, Method B, One Reference Jumper or the equivalent method.

K. Single mode backbone links shall be tested at 1310 nm and 1550 nm in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7, Method A.1, One Reference Jumper or the equivalent method.

L. Optical fiber connector and splicing losses shall not exceed those as prescribed in Part 2.

M. The length of each fiber shall be recorded. It is preferable that the optical length be measured using an OLTS or OTDR. Physical length measurements from manufacturer cable markings shall also be acceptable.

N. The detailed test results documentation data is to be provided in an electronic database for each tested optical fiber and shall contain the following information at minimum. 1. The identification of the customer site as specified by the end-user 2. The name of the test limit selected to execute the stored test results 3. The name of the personnel performing the test 4. The date and time the test results were saved in the memory of the tester 5. The manufacturer, model and serial number of the field-test instrument 6. The version of the test software and the version of the test limit database held within the test

instrument 7. The fiber identification number 8. The length for each optical fiber

Page 167: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE

CABLING

271852 - 10

9. Optionally the index of refraction used for length calculation when using a length capable OLTS 10. Test results to include OLTS attenuation link and channel measurements at the appropriate

wavelength(s) and the margin (difference between the measured attenuation and the test limit value).

11. Test results to include OTDR link and channel traces and event tables at the appropriate wavelength(s).

12. The length for each optical fiber as calculated by the OTDR. 13. The overall Pass/Fail evaluation of the link-under-test for OLTS and OTDR measurements

O. The Division 27 Contractor shall provide 48-hours notice to the CCU DoIT prior to commencement of cable testing. The CCU DoIT Engineer shall, at his discretion, be present to observe any and all cable test procedures. Cable testing procedures shall be acceptable to the Engineer.

P. The Contractor shall produce test reports to be accepted by the CCU DoIT Engineer. Test reports shall be completely and legibly filled out, dated, and signed by the person performing the tests. The completed forms shall be submitted to the General Contractor or Construction Manager for review and acceptance by the CCU DoIT Engineer.

Q. All optical fiber connectors shall be thoroughly cleaned and end-caps installed after the test procedures have been completed.

END OF SECTION 271852

Page 168: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS,

AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRES

271871 - 1

NOT IN CONTRACT - FOR REFERENCE ONLY

SECTION 271871 - DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS, AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section

B. Section 270000 – Communications General

C. Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications

D. Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications

E. Section 270528 – Pathways for Communications

F. Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communications

G. Section 270553 – Identification for Communications Systems

H. Section 271113 – Communications Entrance Protection

I. Section 271116 – Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

J. Section 271119 – Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

K. Section 271123 – Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

L. Section 271313 – Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

M. Section 271323 – Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

N. Section 271513 – Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling

O. Section 271543 – Communications Faceplates and Connectors

P. Section 271842 – Data Center Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures

Q. Section 271843 – Data Center Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels

R. Section 271844 – Data Center Communications Cable Management and Cable Runway

S. Section 271851 – Data Center Communications Copper Backbone Cabling

Page 169: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS,

AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRES

271871 - 2

T. Section 271852 – Data Center Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling

U. Section 271871 – Data Center Communications Patch Cords, Station Cords, and Cross-Connect Wires

V. Section 275400 – CATV (Community Antenna Television) System

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Refer to Division 1 – Reference Standards

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes: 1. Patch Cables for Backbone Cabling Systems

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.5 ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 270000 – Communications General

B. Product Data Sheets

C. Bill of Materials

1.7 MATERIALS FOR USE BY OWNER

A. Furnish materials as described in Part 2 Products.

B. Throughout the project lifecycle, all cords and jumper assemblies shall be securely stored at the Division 27 Contractor’s office facility. When called for by the Owner, materials shall be delivered by the Division 27 Contractor who shall obtain a signature of acceptance and delivery from the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Page 170: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS,

AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRES

271871 - 3

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Berk-Tek Clarity 10G (Owner Preferred Product)

B. Panduit Corporation TX6A 10Gig

C. The Siemon Company ZMAX 6A

D. CommScope/Systimax Solutions GigaSPEED X10D

2.2 REFERENCE PART NUMBERS

A. Reference brands and part numbers listed herein are to be considered as basis-of-design. Other components from the list of Approved Manufacturers may be submitted so long as they are confirmed to have equal or equivalent design characteristics. Acceptance shall be at the sole discretion of Owner and Technology Consultant.

B. Bidder shall confirm all reference part numbers, listed herein, as current and suitable for the items described and specified and shall file a formal RFI for all perceived discrepancies prior to bidding.

C. All materials associated with reference parts shall be included so as to constitute a complete and functional system, whether or not specifically identified, itemized, and quantified.

2.3 COPPER PATCH/STATION CORDS – BDF/IDF WAO & TO

A. Category 6A, 23 AWG 8-conductor stranded copper patch cords with RJ45 plugs. 1. Provide 100% of total port count Category 6 “data” patch cords required for patching IN Data

center and Demarc Rooms. Budget length mix according to 3’, 5’ & 7' as needed to evenly dress rack design shown in Project Drawings.

2. Provide 100% of total port count Category 6A “data” patch cords for each modular cover plate at user end. Each patch cord shall be used for connecting to workstations and shall not be less than 9' in length.

3. Patch cables for “data” shall be blue in color.

B. Patch cords shall be factory terminated.

C. All patch cords shall be configured with straight through pinning with T568B pin-pair configuration.

D. Patch cords shall not degrade the required channel performance characteristics as specified in EIA/TIA 568B.2.

E. Copper patch cords shall be supplied as a part of the manufacturer solution proposed.

F. Reference: Ortronics #OR-MC61003-06, #OR-MC61005-06, #OR-MC61006-06, #OR-MC61009-06. Owner Preferred Product). Equal by Panduit Corporation, The Siemon Company, or CommScope/Systimax.

Page 171: Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17 ...20. IEEE Project 802.3an-2006, 10GBASE-T Ethernet 21. IEEE 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance,

Academic Office/Classroom Building #2 Construction H17-9602-MJ Coastal Carolina University

DATA CENTER COMMUNICATIONS PATCH CORDS, STATION CORDS,

AND CROSS-CONNECT WIRES

271871 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 COPPER PATCH CORDS

A. All copper patch cords shall be furnished and installed by the Owner’s Representative.

3.2 OPTICAL FIBER JUMPERS

A. All jumpers shall be furnished and installed by the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION 271871